Post on 14-Jul-2019
FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
(TOR LETTER NO. - J-11015/37/2015-IA.II (M) DATED 27.04.2015) MINING OF BALU/SAND (MINOR MINERAL) IN
RIVERBED OF SANKRI, PANCHANE, KHURI, NATI, DHANERJEY, TILAIYA AND DHADHAR RIVER
AT DISTRICT - NAWADA, BIHAR.
MINE LEASE AREA - 402.98 HA. MINE LEASE PERIOD - 05 YEARS
PRODUCTION CAPACITY - 41,47,000 TONS PER ANNUM STUDY PERIOD: 1ST MARCH TO 31ST MAY, 2015
[CATEGORY ‘A’ PROJECT DUE TO MINING LEASE AREA MORE THAN 50 HA.]
APPLICANT: M/S JAI MATA DEE ENTERPRISES, PROPRIETOR-SH. GOPAL PRASAD
R/O HANUMAN COMPLEX, MAIN ROAD, NAWADA, BIHAR
EMAIL- gopal.hb@rediffmail.com
PHONE-09931251400
Rev.00_2016
Environment Consultant
Vardan Environet
(QCI/NABET Accredited No. NABET/EIA/1316/IA001) D-142, Sushant Lok-III, Sector 57
Gurgaon (Haryana) E-Mail: vardanenviro165@gmail.com
Contact No. 0124-4291036, 09899651342, 9810355569
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA
(MARCH 2016)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA i
Final EIA/EMP Report
INDEX
CHAPTER NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.
INDEX i
DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EIA ii-iv
DETAILED INDEX v-xiv
VOLUME- I EIA/EMP REPORT 1-181
CHAPTER–1 INTRODUCTION 1-20
CHAPTER–2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 21-42
CHAPTER–3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 43-44
CHAPTER-4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 45-88
CHAPTER–5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES 89-111
CHAPTER–6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 112-116
CHAPTER–7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 117-162
CHAPTER–8 PROJECT BENEFITS 163-164
CHAPTER–9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 165
CHAPTER–10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 166-173
CHAPTER–11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 174-180
CHAPTER–12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 181
VOLUME- II LIST OF ANNEXURES 182-348
I LETTER OF INTENT 182
I (a) SAND POLICY OF BIHAR 183-202
II ToR LETTER 203-204
III COPY OF LETTER OF APPROVAL OF MINING PLAN INCLUDING
PROGRESSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN
205-212
IV BASELINE DATA COLLECTION REQUEST 213
V LETTER FROM DFO 214
VI RIVERWISE GHAT DETAILS 215-216
VII NABL AND MOEF&CC CERTIFICATE 217-218
VIII AIR REPORTS 219-248
IX NOISE REPORTS 249-263
X WATER REPORTS 264-301
XI TRAFFIC STUDY 302-308
XII SOIL REPORTS 309-324
XIII LIST OF FLORA AND FAUNA IN THE STUDY AREA 325-332
XIV DEMOGRAPHIC STUDY DETAILS 333-350
XV ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 351-352
XVI PROCEEDINGS OF PUBLIC HEARING AND ENGLISH TRANSLATION 353-366
XVII QUESTIONNAIRE 367-
QCI-NABET Scheme for accreditation of EIA Consultant Organisations/Version 3/June 2015
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA ii
Annexure – VII
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) Mining at Nawada, Bihar
by M/s. Jai Mata Dee Enterprises.
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator: Mr. Kuldipak Ahuja
Signature:
Date: 15.03.2016
Contact information: D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok-III, Golf Course Extension Road,
Gurgaon (Haryana)
Contact no: 9899651342
Email: vardanenviro165@gmail.com
Associate EIA Coordinator: Mr. S. K. Sharma
Signature:
Date: 15.03.2016
Contact information: D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok-III, Golf Course Extension Road,
Gurgaon (Haryana)
Contact no: 9971684812
Email: vardanenviro165@gmail.com
Team Member: Dr. Ashok Kumar
Signature:
Date: 15.03.2016
Contact information: D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok-III, Golf Course Extension Road,
Gurgaon (Haryana)
Contact no: 9953147268
Email: vardanenviro165@gmail.com
Functional area experts:
S.
No
Functional
Area Name of Expert/s
Involvement
(period and task**)
Signature
1. AP Mr.S.K.Sharma March, 2015 to March, 2016
2. SHW Mr.S.K.Sharma March, 2015 to March, 2016
3. WP
Mr.S.K.Sharma March, 2015 to March, 2016
Dr. Ashok Kumar April, 2015 to March, 2016
QCI-NABET Scheme for accreditation of EIA Consultant Organisations/Version 3/June 2015
DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA iii
4. SE Mr. Madhusudan
Hanumappa
March, 2015 to May, 2015
5.
EB
Mr. H. S. Matharu March, 2015 to May, 2015
Dr. Ashok Kumar April, 2015 to March, 2016
6. HG Mr.R.S Yadav March, 2015 to March, 2016
7. GEO Mr.R.S Yadav March, 2015 to March, 2016
8. AQ Mr.Asif Hussain
March, 2015 to May, 2015
9. NV Mr. Asif Hussain March, 2015 to May, 2015
10. LU Mr.Joshua Anand March, 2015 to May, 2015
11. RH Mr. Kuldeepak
Ahuja
March, 2015 to March, 2016
12. SC Mr.S.K.Sharma March, 2015 to March, 2016
TM and FAA are included in Chapter 12 as Team for EIA preparation.
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person
I, R.S. Yadav, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA for Balu/Sand Mine of
M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises at Balu Ghats of Sakri River, Panchane River, Nati River, Tilaya River,
Dhadhar River, Dhanarjay River and Khuri River. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in
the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this
statement.
Name: R.S.Yadav
Signature:
Designation: Managing Director
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Vardan Environet, QCI/NABET Accredited Environment
Consultancy
NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1316/IA001 valid upto 08.11.2016.
v
v
v
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
1. CHAPTER: INTRODUCTION 1-20
1.0 Introduction to EIA 1
1.1 Details of Mining activity, LOI and Consultant 2
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 3
1.2.1 Identification of Project Proponent 3
1.2.2 Identification of the Project 3
1.3 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project 3
1.3.1 Location and Accessibility 7
1.3.2 Basic Amenities 7
1.4 Scope of Study 7
1.4.1 Preparation of EIA 7
1.5 Compliance to ToR Conditions 8
2. CHAPTER: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 21-42
2.0 General 21
2.1 Type of the Project 21
2.2 Need for the Project 21
2.3 Description of Mine Lease Area 21
2.3.1 Lease Hold Area 21
2.4 Size/Magnitude of the Project 22
2.4.1 Topography of the Area 22
2.4.2 Geology 22
2.4.2.1 Regional Geology 22
2.4.2.2 Local Geology 24
2.4.3 Sediment Composition 25
2.4.4 Physiography 25
2.4.5 Drainage 26
2.4.6 Climate 28
2.4.7 Rainfall and Climate 28
2.5 Mineral Resources in Bihar 29
2.6 Seismicity of the Area 30
2.6.1 Earthquake History of Bihar 30
2.7 Floods 32
2.7.1 History of Flood in Bihar 32
2.8 Drought 34
2.9 Exploration and Reserves 35
2.9.1 Proved Reserves 35
2.9.2 Reserve Estimation 36
2.9.3 Reserves 36
2.9.4 Targeted Production 37
2.9.5 Life of Mine 37
2.10 Mining Methology 37
2.10.1 Proposed Method of Mining 38
2.10.2 Conceptual Plan of Mining 38
2.11 Extent of Mechanization 38
2.12 Transportation 39
2.13 Mine Drainage 39
2.13.1 Waste Generation 39
2.14 Use of Mineral 39
2.15 Land Use Pattern of Mining Area 40
2.16 Utilities and Site Facilities 40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
vi
vi
vi
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
2.16.1 Water Requirement 40
2.16.2 Man Power 40
2.16.3 Power 41
2.16.4 Infrastructure/Site Services 41
2.17 Statutory Obligations 41
2.17.1 Statutory Obligations 41
2.17.2 Litigation 42
2.17 Summary 42
3. CHAPTER: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 43-44
3.0 Introduction 43
3.1 Alternative For Mine Lease 43
3.2 Alternative For Technology and Other Parameters 43
3.3 Summary 44
4 . CHAPTER: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 45-88
4.0 General 45
4.1 Land Environment 46
4.1.1 Data Used 46
4.1.2 Methodology 46
4.1.3 Observation of Land Use Study 46
4.1.3.1 Observation of the LULC Data 47
4.1.4 Topography 47
4.1.5 Drainage 47
4.1.6 Conclusion 47
4.2 Meteorology 50
4.2.1 Climate of the Area 50
4.2.2 Rainfall of the Area 51
4.2.3 Meteorological Status at the Project Site 51
4.2.3.1 Meterological Data Recorded at Mine Site 51
4.2.4 Wind Pattern 51
4. 3 Ambient Air Quality 52
4.3.1 Selection of Sampling Station 52
4.3.2 Parameters Monitored 53
4.3.3 Sampling and Analytical Techniques and Instruments Used for Sampling 53
4.3.4 Interpretation 57
4.4 Noise Environment 57
4.4.1 Noise Analysis within the Study Area 57
4.4.2 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station 58
4.4.3 Interpretation 59
4.5 Water Environment 61
4.5.1 Surface Water 61
4.5.2 Ground Water Quality 61
4.5.3 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station 61
4.5.4 Interpretation 65
4.6 Traffic Study 66
4.6.1 Conclusion of Traffic Study 69
4.7 Soil Environment 69
4.7.1 Soil Profile of District Nawada 69
4.7.2 Soil Quality and Characteristics 69
4.7.3 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station 70
4.7.4 Conclusion of Soil Quality Monitoring 72
vii
vii
vii
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
4.8 Baseline Status For Flora and Fauna 73
4.8.1 Introduction 73
4.8.2 Baseline Study Area and Period 74
4.8.3 Methodology for Terrestrial Ecology 74
4.8.4 Terrestrial Floral and Faunal Components of the Study Area 75
4.8.5 Floral Diversity of the Study Area 79
4.8.6 Faunal Biodiversity of Study Area 81
4.8.7 Conclusion 83
4.9 Socio-Economic Environment 83
4.9.1 Sampling Method 84
4.9.2 Data Collection Method 84
4.9.3 Socio-Economic Survey 85
4.9.3.1 Demographic Profile 85
4.9.3.2 Caste Division 85
4.9.3.2 Literacy Rate 85
4.8.3.3 Occupational Structure 86
4.8.4 Conclusion of Socio-Economic Study 86
4.10 Summary 86
5. CHAPTER : ANTICIPATED IMPACT & ITS MITIGATION MEASURES 89-111
5.0 Introduction 89
5.1 Construction Phase 89
5.2 Operation Phase 89
5.3 Air Quality Models 90
5.3.1 Model Setup 90
5.3.1.1 Emission of PM10 90
5.3.1.2 Loading of Material 90
5.3.1.3 Emission of PM10 due to Transportation 90
5.3.1.4 Emission of CO from Vehicles 91
5.3.1.5 Summary of calculated Emission Rates 91
5.3.2 Meteorological Data 91
5.3.3 Input Parameters 91
5.3.3.1 ISCST3 Model 91
5.3.3.2 CALINE4 Model 92
5.3.3.3 Result 92
5.3.4 Conclusion 95
5.4 Impacts of Air Pollution and Mitigation Measures 96
5.4.1 Conclusion 96
5.5 Impacts of Noise/Vibrations And Mitigation Measures 97
5.5.1 Conclusion 97
5.6 Impacts of Water Pollution and Its Mitigation Measures 97
5.6.1 Conclusion 100
5.7 Impacts on Land Use and Mitigation Measures 100
5.7.1 Conclusion 100
5.8 Impacts on Soil Environment and Mitigation Measures 100
5.9 Hydrology 101
5.9.1 Conclusion 101
5.10 Impacts on Ecology & Biodiversity and Mitigation Measures 102
5.11 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment and Mitigation Measures 105
5.12 Impacts Due to Solid Waste/Overburden and Mitigation Measures 106
5.13 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety 106
viii
viii
viii
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
5.14 Traffic Environment 107
5.15 Impacts on Geology and Mitigation 108
5.16 MINE CLOSURE PLAN 108
5.16.1 General 108
5.16.2 Reason for Closure 109
5.16.3 Statutory Obligations 109
5.16.4 Disposal of Mining Machinery 109
5.16.5 Safety and security 109
5.16.6 Time Scheduling for Abandonment 110
5.16.7 Financial Assurance 110
5.17 Summary 110
6. CHAPTER: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 112-116
6.0 Introduction 112
6.1 Environmental Management Cell 112
6.1.1 Hierarchy to Implement Environment Policy 112
6.1.2 Responsibilities for Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 113
6.2 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure 113
6.3 Monitoring Methodologies and Parameters 114
6.4 Monitoring Schedule 115
6.5 Locations of Monitoring Stations 116
6.6 Budget Allocation For Monitoring 116
6.7 Summary 116
7. CHAPTER: ADDITIONAL STUDIES 117-162
7.0 General 117
7.1 Public Consultation 117
7.1.1 Public Hearing Advertisement 118
7.1.2 Photographs of Public Hearing 118
7.1.3 Minutes of Public Hearing 119
7.2 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment Methodology 122
7.2.1 Risks due to Inundation 123
7.2.2 Risks Due to Failure of Pit Slope 123
7.2.3 Risks due to Failure of Waste Dumps 123
7.2.4 Risks of Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers 123
7.3 Disaster Management Plan 123
7.3.1 Identification of Hazards 136
7.3.2 Sand Loading 124
7.3.3 Sand Transport 124
7.3.4 Sand Dumping and Storage 125
7.3.5 Heavy Machinery 125
7.3.6 Inundation / Flooding 125
7.3.7 Quick Sand Condition 126
7.3.8 Drowning 126
7.3.9 Mitigation of Hazards 126
7.3.9.1 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Loading. 126
7.3.9.2 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Transportation. 126
7.3.9.3 Safety Features Required in Tippers/Trucks 127
7.3.9.4 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Dumping and Storage 128
7.3.9.5 Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks/ Dumpers etc. 128
7.3.9.6 Measures to Prevent Dangerous Incidents during Inundation/Flooding 128
7.3.9.7 Measures to Prevent Quick Sand Condition 128
ix
ix
ix
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
7.3.9.8 Measures to Prevent Drowning 129
7.3.10 Training and Human Resources Development 129
7.4 Occupational Health Hazards 129
7.4.1Physical Hazards Due to Mining Operations 129
7.4.2 Medical Examination Schedule 130
7.5 Conservation Plan For Scheduled Fauna In The Study Area 131
7.5.1 Conclusion 151
7.5.2 Green Belt Development 151
7.5.3 Plantation in the Buffer Zone 152
7.5.4 Financial Projection For Conservation 153
7.6 Socio Economic Impact of the Project And Safety Measures 153
7.6.1 Impact on Demographic Composition 153
7.6.2 Employment Opportunities 154
7.6.3 Increased Supply of Sand in the Market 154
7.6.4 Impact on Agriculture 154
7.6.5 Impact on Road Development 154
7.6.6 Income to Government 154
7.6.7 Impact on Law and Order 154
7.6.8 Impact on Health 154
7.7 Annual Replenishment of Mineral 155
7.7.1 River Bed Area vis-à-vis Sedimentation 155
7.7.2 Dandy and Bolton Formula for Calculation of Sediment Yield 156
7.7.2.1 Sediment Yield versus Drainage Area 157
7.7.2.2 Sediments Yield versus Mean Annual Runoff 157
7.7.2.3 Calculation of Sediment Yield for Sand Mine of Nawada Sand Unit 157
7.7.3 Replenishment with Service of Production 160
7.8 Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R & R) 160
7.9 Environmental Social Responsibility 160
7.10 Summary 161
8. CHAPTER: PROJECT BENEFITS 163-164
8.0 General 163
8.1 Physical Benefits 163
8.2 Social Benefits 163
8.2.1 Environmental Social Responsibility 164
8.3 Ecological Benefits 164
8.4 Summary 164
9. CHAPTER: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 165
9.0 Project Cost and Profit 165
9.1 Environmental Cost Analysis 165
9.2 Schedule of Project Implementation 165
9.3 Summary 165
10. CHAPTER: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 166-173
10.0 Introduction 167
10.1 Land Use Pattern 167
10.2 Air Environment Management 167
10.2.1 Control of Gaseous Pollution 168
10.2.2 Control of Dust Pollution 168
10.3 Noise and Vibration Environment 168
10.3.1 Noise Abatement and Control 169
10.4 Water Management 169
x
x
x
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
10.4.1 Surface and Ground Water Management 169
10.4.2 Waste Water Management 169
10.4.3 Water Conservation 169
10.5 Solid Waste Management 169
10.6 Green Belt Development 170
10.6.1 Plantation Program 170
10.7 Socio-Economic Environment 171
10.7.1 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment 171
10.8 Occupational Health and Safety 171
10.9 Cost of EMP Measures 172
10.10 Rehabilitation And Resettlement (R And R) 172
10.11 Summary 172
11. CHAPTER: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 174-206
11.0 General 174
11.1 Introduction 174
11.2 Project Description 175
11.3 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) 176
11.4 Description of The Environment 176
11.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures 177
11.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 178
11.7 Additional studies 179
11.8 Project Benefit 179
11.9 Environmental Cost Benefit analysis 180
11.10 Environmental Management Plan 180
11.11 Conclusion 180
12. CHAPTER:DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 181
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1: Key Plan of the Study Area (10Km Buffer zone) 5
Figure 1.2: Digitised Key Plan of the Study Area (10Km Buffer zone) 6
Figure 2.1 Location Map of the Project Site 22
Figure 2.2 Geological Map of Bihar (Source: Statement of Environment Report, Feb, 2007,
BPCB)
24
Figure 2.3: Mineral Map of Bihar 26
Figure 2.4 Drainage Map of the Study Area 27
Figure 2.5 Hydrogeology of Nawada (Source: District Groundwater Brochure CGWB) 29
Figure 2.6 Seismic Map of India 31
Figure 2.7 Earthquake Hazard Map of Bihar 32
Figure 2.8 Flood Hazard Map 33
Figure 2.10 Drought Map 35
Figure 2.11 Process Flow Chart of Mining of Sand 38
Figure 2.12: Water Balance 40
Figure 4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area (10 Km Radius from the Mine Site) 48
Figure 4.2 FCC Map of the Study Area (10 Km Radius from the Mine Site) 49
Figure 4.3 Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area 52
Figure 4.4: Key plan of Air Monitoring Stations 54
xi
xi
xi
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Figure 4.5: PM10 Concentration in µg/m3 55
Figure 4.6: PM2.5 Concentration in µg/m3 56
Figure 4.7: NO2 Concentration in µg/m3 56
Figure 4.8: SO2 Concentration in µg/m3 56
Figure 4.9: Range of Free Silica (% in PM10) 57
Figure 4.10 Noise Monitoring Result 59
Figure 4.11: Key plan of Noise Monitoring Station 60
Figure 4.12: Key Plan of Water Sampling Stations 62
Figure 4.13: Road Map for Transportation of Sand 68
Figure 4.14 Soil Profile of District 70
Figure 4.15: Key Plan of Soil Sampling Station 71
Figure 4.16: Photographs of Ambient Air, Ambient Noise, Water and Soil Sampling 73
Figure 4.17: Aquatic Habitat of the Study Area 75
Figure 4.18 Terrestrial Habitat of the Study area 76
Figure 4.19: Agriculture Land of Study Area 76
Figure 4.20: Non Agriculture Land of Study Area 76
Figure 4.21: River Bed area for sand mining 77
Figure 4.22: Scrub Area 77
Figure 4.23: Tadi tree (Borassus flabellifer) 78
Figure 4.24: Interaction with Villagers during EB Survey 78
Figure 4.25: Mountainous Range of Study area 79
Figure 4.33: Demographic Profile of Study area 85
Figure 5.1: Graphical representation of model result 93
Figure 5.2: Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of PM10 due to Mining 94
Figure 5.3: Spatial distribution of PM10 GLC due to transportation 95
Figure 5.4: Impact of Mining on Ground Water (River Bed Block) 99
Figure 6.1: Hierarchy of Environment System for Dealing Environmental Issues 113
Figure 7.1: Dainik Jagran and The Times of India; Thursday, 11th Feb 2016 118
Figure 7.2: Banner for Public Hearing 118
Figure 7.3: Members of SPCB, Haryana for Public Hearing 119
Figure 7.4: PP along with consultant giving the presentation 119
Figure 7.5: Local Public present for Public Hearing 119
Figure 7.6: Identification of Hazards in Mine 125
Figure: 7.7 Watershed Map of the Study Area 159
Figure 10.1: Flow Chart of EMP 167
LIST OF TABLE Table1.1 Brief Description of the Project 3
Table 2.1: Location Details 21
Table 2.2: Showing the Geological Succession and their geographic distribution 23
Table 2.3: Details of Site Elevation 26
Table 2.4: Summary of Lease Distribution in Bihar State (As on 31/03/2013) 29
Table 2.5: Currently available minerals resources’ in Bihar that can be excavated Figure in
Million Tons
30
Table 2.6: Flood Damage during 2001 to 2011 34
xii
xii
xii
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Table 2.7: Geological and Mineable Reserves (Nawada District) 36
Table 2.8: Summary of Year wise Production from different River Stretches (Tons/annum)* 37
Table 2.9: List of Machineries 39
Table 2.10: Fuel Consumption 39
Table 2.11: Land use Pattern of Mining Area at Various Stages 40
Table 2.11: Employment Details 40
Table 3.1: Alternative for Technology and other Parameters 43
Table 4.1: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 47
Table 4.2 Monthly Average Temperatures as per IMD 50
Table 4.3 Monthly Average Rainfalls as per IMD 50
Table 4.4 Summary of the Site Specific Meteorological Data 51
Table 4.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sampling Stations 53
Table 4.6: Techniques Used for Determining Various Air Quality Parameters 53
Table 4.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Interpretation 55
Table 4.8: Noise Monitoring Sampling Stations 55
Table 4.9: Noise Monitoring Sampling Stations 58
Table 4.10: Noise Levels in Study Area 58
Table 4.11: Ground Water Sampling Stations 61
Table 4.12: Surface Water Sampling Staion 61
Table 4.13: Ground Water Analysis Result 63
Table 4.14: Surface Water Analysis Result 64
Table 4.15: Roads and Highways in the Study Area 66
Table 4.16: No. of Vehicles per Day 67
Table 4.17: Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS 69
Table 4.18: Soil Monitoring Station Details 70
Table 4.19: Soil Analysis Result 72
Table 4.20 List of Villages for Baseline study 74
Table 4.21 List of Schedule - I And II Fauna Observed During the Study 82
Table 4.22: Socio-Economic Survey Methodology 84
Table 4.23: Demographic Profile of the Study Area 85
Table 4.25: Caste Distribution in the Study Area 85
Table 4.26: Literacy Rate in the Study Area 86
Table 4.27: Category of Workers in the Study Area 86
Table 5.1: Emissions Rates 91
Table 5.2: Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 92
Table 5.3: Ecological Impact Assessment 102
Table 5.4: Impact on Ecology due to Mining Activity 103
Table 6.1: Monitoring Methodologies and Parameters 114
Table 6.2: Monitoring Schedule 116
Table 7.1 Action Plan of the issues raised during Public Hearing and reply given by Project
Proponent
120
Table 7.2(a): Check List for Likely Risks in Sand Mines 124
Table 7.3(b): Medical Examination Schedule 130
Table 7.3(a): Budget for Conservation/Management Plan 153
xiii
xiii
xiii
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
ABBREVIATIONS AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
CM Centimeter
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
dB Decibel
DG Diesel Generator
E East
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMC Environmental Management Cell
EMP Environmental Management Plan
ENE East Of North- East
EPA Environmental Protection Agencies
ESE East Of South East
FCC False Colour Composite
GIS Geological Information System
GPS Global Positioning System
HP Horse Power
Hr Hour
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite
ISCST Industrial Source Complex, Short Terms
ISO International Organization Of Standardization
ISS Indian Standard Specification
KLD Kilo Litre Per Day
Km Kilometer
KVA Kilo Volt Ampere
KW Kilo Watt
M Meter
M asl Mean Sea Level
MCDR Mining Conservation & Development Rules
M bgl Meter Below Ground Level
Table 7.3(b): Financial Projection (yearly) 153
Table 7.4: Drainage Basin area of River 156
Table 7.5: Calculation and Replenishment Capacity 158
Table 7.6: Budget for Environmental Social Responsibility 161
Table 9.1 Profit estimation 165
Table 9.2: Environmental cost analysis 165
Table 10.1: Plan for Afforestation 170
Table 10.2: List of Species for Greenbelt Development 171
Table 10.3: Budget for Occupational Health and Safety of the workers (Lakhs) 172
Table 10.4: Budget for EMP 172
Table 11.1: Details of the Project 174
Table 11.2: Baseline Environment Status 177
xiv
xiv
xiv
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.) Final EIA/EMP Report
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
mg Milligram
MoEF&CC Ministry Of Environment Forest and Climate Change
mRL Mean Reference Level
MT Million Tonne
MTPA Million Tonn s Per Annum
N North
NE North-East
NH National Highway
NNE North Of North-East
NNW North Of North-West
NO2 Nitrogen Dioxides
NTU Naphelo Turbidity Unit
NW North-West
OB Over Burden
OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety Assessment
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PPM Part Per Million
Pvt. Private
R&R Rehabilitation & Resettlement
RDS Respirable Dust Sampler
RPM Respirable Particulate Matter
RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
SE South- East
SEIAA State Level Environmental Assessment Authority
SO2 Sulphur-di-Oxide
SOI Survey Of India
SOPs Standard Operating Procedures
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
SSE South Of South-East
SSW South Of South-West
TPA Tone Per Hour
TDS Total Dissolve Solid
TOR Terms Of Reference
TPH Tones Per Hour
TS Total Solid
US EPA United State Environmental Protection Agencies
w.e.f. With Effective From
w.r.t. With Reference To
W/W Weight By Weight
WNW West Of North-West
WSW West Of South-West
LOS Level of Service
PCU Passenger Car Unit
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 1 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-1
INTRODUCTION 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO EIA
The term Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) refers to the anticipation of various impacts a project
will have on the environment and the local community. It is a decision making tool, which guides
decision makers in taking appropriate decisions prior to sanctioning clearance.According to the UNEP-
DTIE, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a tool used to identify the environmental, social and
economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It aims to predict environmental impacts at an
early stage in project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce adverse impacts, shape
projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions and options to decision-makers. By
using EIA both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved, such as reduced cost and time of
project implementation and design, avoided treatment/clean-up costs and impacts of laws and
regulations.
Under the Environment Protection Act 1986, a notification on EIA was passed in India, which made it
obligatory for certain development projects to prepare and submit an EIA prior to environmental
clearance. This notification says, no developmental activities will be allowed in unprecedented manner.
This is a powerful notification, which has not only restricted the sitting of projects in restricted areas but
also; restricts the commencement of construction and production till the project gets cleared from the
environmental angle. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of the
proposed project and ensures that these impacts are taken into account during the project design. It helps
to identify possible environmental impacts of the proposed project, proposes measures to mitigate
adverse effects and predicts whether there will be significant adverse environmental effects, even after
the mitigation is in place. By considering environmental effects and mitigation early in the project
planning cycle, there are many benefits, such as protection of the environment, optimum utilisation of
resources and saving overall time and cost of the project. Properly conducted EIA also lessens conflicts
by promoting community participation, informs decision makers, and helps lay the base for
environmentally sound projects. Benefits of integrating EIA have been observed in all stages of a
project, from exploration and planning, through several phases like construction, operations,
decommissioning, and site closure.
EIA is different from other decision-making tools like environment audit, which is conducted on
existing projects, while the EIA is applied to new projects and the expansion of existing projects. EIA
uses the techniques of science, economics, sociology, geology etc while assessing the project because it
is dealing with events, which have not yet occurred, may not occur, but whose chances of occurrence
may be strong in future. There are various other tools like energy analysis, cost-benefit analysis,
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 2 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
environment management systems and risk analysis. EIA is by far the most suitable tool for any
proposed project. It is also one of the most popular decision-making tools and has been integrated in the
regulatory system of many countries.
1.1 DETAILS OF MINING ACTIVITY, LOI AND CONSULTANT
The proposed mining project land has been allotted as a single unit for mining of Balu/ sand throughout
the riverbeds of district Nawada, Bihar
Letter of Intent: M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises, R/o Hanuman Complex, Main Road, Nawada, Bihar has
been granted the Letter of Intent (LOI) for mining of Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) under Bihar Minor
Mineral Concession Rules, 1972 by District Mining Officer, Nawada (Bihar) vide Memo No.860 dated
01.11.2014, over an area of 402.98 Ha. on the riverbed of Sakri River, Panchane River, Nati River, Tilaya
River, Dhadhar River, Dhanarjay River and Khuri River in District-Nawada, Bihar. (A copy of LOI for
mine lease area attached as Annexure I).
Lease Period: 05 Years.
As per Notification No. 2887 dated 22.07.2014 regarding new sand policy by DMG, Bihar- Every river
shall be considered as stretch and stretches of all rivers in particular district shall be considered as unit
and therefore the successful bidder shall submit a Mining Plan accordingly. [Copy enclosed as Annexure
I (a)]
Mine plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan: Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan of the
proposed mine lease area is prepared by RQP Sh. S N Sharma (RQP No. RQP/DDN/0135/2001/A). This
Mine Plan is approved vide letter No. 2/M.M. (Sand) 05/15-1574/M dated 15.05.2015. Copy of
Approval Letter of Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan has attached as Annexure II.
Environment Consultant: The lessee has hired an agency i.e. M/s. Vardan Environet D-142, Sector-
57, Sushant Lok-III, Gurgaon, Haryana (QCI/NABET Accreditation No.- NABET/EIA/1316/IA001) for
preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for obtaining Environment Clearance from
MoEF&CC.
Category “A”: As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 this project falls under Category
“A”, 1 (a), as the lease area is more than 50 Ha.
ToR Letter: It is in this context, Form-I and Pre-Feasibility Report has been submitted to Ministry of
Environment and Forests, New Delhi on 28.01.2015 requesting for issue of “Terms of Reference” (ToR).
Subsequently the ToR was issued on date 27.04.2015 by Honorable MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-
11015/37/2015-IA.II (M) (enclosed as Annexure III).
The EAC of MoEF&CC was requested during ToR presentation held on 16.03.2015, that study was
started from 1st March, 2015 as per standard model ToR and a request letter to Director, MoEF&CC
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 3 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
(Mining) was also submitted on dated 05.03.2015 by applicant (A copy enclosed as Annexure IV).
This report furnishes the details of Site location, Description of the project, prevailing baseline status
w.r.t. Air Environment, Water Environment, Soil environment, Noise Environment, Ecological Status
and Socio-economic Status. This report also helps in identification of the environmental impacts and
suggesting mitigation measures to be followed during Operation of the project as part of Environmental
Management Plan (EMP). This report also acts as guidance manual for the proponent for following the
EMP and for adopting post project Environmental Monitoring Program as per statutory norms.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT
1.2.1 Identification of the Project Proponent
Applicant: Proprietor Sh. Gopal Prasad
M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises,
Hanuman Complex,
Main Road,
Nawada, Bihar,
1.2.1 Identification of Project
Name of the Project: Balu/Sand Mining (Minor Mineral) Mine Lease Area - 402.98 Ha. for production
of 41,47,000 TPA.
Location of the Project: Balu/sand mining is permitted throughout all the balu ghats of district Nawada,
Bihar. The balu ghats lie on Sankri, Panchanay, Khuri, Nati, Dhanarjay, Tilaiya and Dhadar riverbed of
district Nawada, Bihar.
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
Table1.1: Brief Description of the Project
S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILS A. Nature & Size of the Project Balu/Sand mining (minor mineral) over an area of 402.98 ha in
District-Nawada, Bihar containing River Sand for production
capacity of 41,47,000 MTPA B. Location
The proposed mining project land has been allotted as a single unit for mining of Balu sand
throughout the riverbeds of district Nawada, Bihar. The balu ghats lie on Sakri, Panchanay, Khuri,
Nati, Dhanarjay, Tilaiya and Dhadar riverbed.
District Nawada State Bihar Latitude and Longitude Sakri River (North End)
(South End) N25
o01‟42” E85
o34‟06”
N24o46‟52” E85
o44‟25”
Panchane River (North End) (South End)
N25o00‟54” E85
o31‟18”
N24o55‟55” E85
o25‟00”
Nati River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟00” E85
o50‟30”
N24o48‟22” E85
o57‟23”
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 4 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Tilaya River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟44” E85
o24‟43”
N24o34‟45” E85
o19‟48”
Thathar River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟55” E85
o25‟00”
N24o34‟45” E85
o19‟48”
Dhanarjay River (North End) (South End)
N24o57‟00” E85
o29‟16”
N24o35‟10” E85
o34‟06”
Khuri River (North End) (South End)
N24o59‟40” E85
o29‟25”
N24o38‟57” E85
o32‟48”
Toposheet(OSM) No. 72H1, 72H2, 72H5, 72H6, 72H9, 72H10, 72H13, 72L1, 72L2,
G45N12, G45T7 and 72G16.
C. Lease Area Details Lease Area 402.98 Ha
Type of Land Gair Mumkin Nadi Nala Topography Hilly and Undulating Site Elevation Range Ranges from 70-84 m AMSL in Northern region and 120-265 m
AMSL in Southern Side. D. Cost Details
Cost of the project Rs 81.9 Crores Cost for EMP 28.00 Lakhs per annum Cost of CSR 11.25 Lakhs per annum OH&S Budget 15.00 Lakhs per annum Budget for Conservation 18.00 Lakhs
E. Details of Environmental Setting Ecological Sensitive
Areas (National Park,
Wild Life Sanctuary,
Biosphere Reserve,
Reserve/ Protected
Forest etc.) within 10
km radius
Only Reserve Forests and Protected Forests are present in the study area
which are as follows: Ghorakatora PF - 0.2 Km North Galwati PF - 8.5 Km East Rajgir PF - 0.8 Km North Bijwania PF - 9.0 Km East Jethlan PF - 5.5 Km North-west Hardi PF - 8.0 Km West Shrirampur PF - 0.2 Km East Phulwarja PF - 8.2 Km West Danti PF - 0.6 Km East Rajabar PF - 6.8 Km West Mirgani PF - 6.03 Km East Mochramu PF - 7.1 Km West Bajahia PF - 8.0 Km East Kopsiya PF - 0.8 East Lambo PF - 8.2 Km East Kodarma PF - 0.3 Km
Archaeological Important Place None within 10 Km radius of the project
Nearest city Nawada – 1.5 Km East Nearest Railway Station Nawada Railway Station – 2 Km East Nearest National Highway NH 31, 1 Km W Nearest Airport Gaya Airport – 33.4 Km West Interstate Boundaries Inter-state boundary (Bihar & Jharkand) at 2.5 Km Seismic Zone Zone III
(Source: Site visit /Baseline Data and Pre-feasibility Report)
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 5 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 1.1: Key Plan of the Study Area on Survey of India Toposheet on 1:50,000 Scale.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 6 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 1.2: Digitised Key Plan of the Study Area (10 Km Buffer zone)
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 7 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
1.3.1 Location and Accessibility
The contract area lies on 2.0 Km W direction of Nawada. The site is approachable from National
Highway 31. The proposed area is covered under the Khuri River, Nati River, Sakri River, Tillaya River,
Dhanarjay River Panchanay River and Dhadhar River. The area is approachable from various nearest
towns. All these quarries are connected by motorable/metalled road. State Headquarters: Patna is about
110 km from Nawada.
1.3.2 Basic Amenities
Police Station: There are a number of Police stations in the district.
Post Office: In all Major villages of the district and the district itself.
Medical Facilities: Nawada.
Availability of water: Water for drinking purpose is brought from nearby village. The water of hand
pump and well located nearby area has potable & drinkable quality, the villagers and habitants and
labors have been using this water since long period. Water required for dust suppression will also
supplied from the well by Water tanker brought on hire basis.
Electricity: The electrical supply is available in most of the villages
Educational Facilities: Most of the nearby villages have secondary schools and for higher education
institutes are available at Nawada, Patna, Gaya and other nearby towns.
Mode of transportation of Mineral: Mineral sand (Balu) will be transported by hired trucks.
Loaded trucks will travel on Kuccha road made for plying of trucks. No. of such temporary road will
provide access to the river bed and the movement of loaded trucks. As the lease area located in a
number of villages, working will be carried out in number of villages. Each village has its outlet
meeting the tar road on the nearby villages and from where the mineral is sent to various
destinations. Similarly, mineral will be transported on the other side through approach roads which
finally merge with tar roads for final destinations.
1.4 SCOPE OF STUDY
The scope of the study includes a detailed characterization of the environment in an area of 10 km. radius
of the Mine Lease Area for various environmental parameters like Air, Water, Noise, Land, biological
and Socio-economic aspects.
1.4.1 Preparation of EIA
The EIA includes the following details:
1) Study of the reports like Geological report, Pre-Feasibility report (PFR) or mining plan made
available by the client.
2) Present Environmental Setting
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 8 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
3) Identification, prediction and evaluation of Anticipated Environmental Impact due to the
proposed mine and related facilities.
The environmental impacts would be anticipated in core and buffer zone on:
Topography and drainage
Climate
Water quality (Surface/Ground)
Hydro-geological Regime
Air quality
Noise Levels
Soil Quality
Flora and Fauna
Traffic density survey
Land-Use
Socio-Economic Conditions
Habitat
Health, culture, human environment including public health, occupational health and safety
Sensitive Places/Historical Monuments.
This Final EIA Report is prepared in accordance with the Term of Reference issued by Expert Appraisal
Committee (EAC) of MoEF, New Delhi.
1.5 COMPLIANCE TO TOR CONDITIONS
Point wise compliance of ToR points issued by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change,
Impact Assessment Division, Government of India, New Delhi vide letter no. J-11015/37/2015-IA-II
(M) dated 27.04.2015 for the project Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) Mining over an area of 402.98 Ha.
On the riverbed of Khuri River, Nati River, Sakri River, Tillaya River, Dhanarjay River Panchanay
River and Dhadhar River in District-Nawada, Bihar containing River Sand for production capacity of
41,47,000 TPA.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 9 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
ToR Description Response Citation
1. Year-wise production details since 1994
should be given, clearly stating the highest
production achieved in any one year prior to
1994. It may also be categorically informed
whether there had been any increase in
production after the EIA Notification, 1994
came into force w.r.t. the highest production
achieved prior to 1994.
As this is Fresh Mining lease area, no production is started,
production will commence only after obtaining Environmental
clearance and Consent For Establishment. Hence this is not
applicable.
---
2. A copy of the document in support of the fact
that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the
mine should be given.
The copy of the letter of Intent (LOI) of Mining lease issued by
District Mining Officer, Nawada (Bihar) vide Memo No.860
dated 01.11.2014 is enclosed as Annexure-I.
Annexure-I
3. All documents including approved mine plan,
EIA and public hearing should be compatible
with one another in terms of the mine lease
area, production levels, waste generation and
its Management and mining technology and
should be in the name of the lessee.
All the documents i.e. approved mining plan, EIA, and public
hearing are compatible with each other in terms of ML area,
production levels, waste generation and its management and
mining technology. Both the approved mining plan and ML area
in the name of lessee M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises.
--
4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,
superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/
toposheet should be provided. Such an
Imagery of the proposed area should clearly
show the land use and other ecological
features of the study area (core and buffer
zone).
Al l corner of the coordinates of ML area are superimposed on
toposheet of survey of India and same has been furnished in
Chapter-1 of this EIA/EMP report.
Please refer to Figure -
1.1 Chapter-1 Page 6.
5. Information should be provided in Survey of
India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating
geological map of the area, geomorphology of
land forms of the area, existing minerals and
mining history of the area, important water
bodies, streams and rivers and soil
characteristics.
The geological map of the area and geomorphology of land
forms of the area has been provided in Chapter -2 of this
EIA/EMP report.
Details of existing minerals of the area, important water bodies,
streams and rivers and soil characteristics have been discussed in
Chapter-2 of this EIA/EMP report.
Figure – 2.2 and 2.3
Chapter-2 Page 24.
Chapter-2 Item- 2.4
Page 22-28.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 10 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
6. Details about the land proposed for mining
activities should be given with information as
to whether mining conforms to the land use
policy of the State; land diversion for mining
should have approval from State land use
board or the concerned authority.
M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises, Hanuman Complex, Main Road,
Nawada, Bihar, proprietor Sh. Gopal Prasad has been granted
the Letter of Intent (LOI) for mining of minor mineral sand
under Bihar Minor Mineral Concession Rules 1972 by District
Mining Officer, Nawada (Bihar) vide Memo No.860 dated
01.11.2014, over an area of 402.98 ha for the period of 5 year on
the riverbed of Sakri, Panchanan, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey,
Tilaiya and Dhadar river in district Nawada, Bihar.
Annexure-I
7. It should be clearly stated whether the
proponent company has a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its Board of
Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA
report with description of the prescribed
operating process/procedures to bring into
focus any infringement/deviation/violation of
the environmental or forest norms/ conditions?
The hierarchical system or administrative
order of the Company to deal with the
environmental issues and for ensuring
compliance with the EC conditions may also
be given. The system of reporting of non
compliances / violations of environmental
norms to the Board of Directors of the
Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders
at large may also be detailed in the EIA report.
Yes, M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises has formulated
Environmental Policy which is approved by lease holder. As per
policy company will comply all with all legal requirements of
Environmental Protection Act and others Indian environmental
laws.
Signed copy of the Environment policy and hierarchical system
or administrative is shown as Annexure XIV for your kind
reference.
Annexure XIV
8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including
subsidence study in case of underground
mining and slope study in case of open cast
mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed
.The proposed safeguard measures in each
case should be provided.
This is an opencast river bed mining. No underground workings
exist in the lease area. Hence, subsidence study not required.
Slope Study
As the working will be continued in the river bed to the
maximum depth of 3.0m only, thus slope study is not required.
Blasting Study
Mineral is loose so no blasting will be carried out.
Mining safety and security plan is incorporated in Chapter-5 of
EIA/EMP Plan.
Chapter - 2, Item
2.4.5, Table 2.6, Page
26.
Chapter - 5, Item
5.16.5, Page 109.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 11 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone
around the mine lease from lease periphery
and the data contained in the EIA such as
waste generation etc. should be for the life of
the mine /lease period.
Study area comprises of 10 Km radius around the mine lease
boundary. Map showing 10 Km radius of the ML area has been
furnished in Chapter-1 of EIA report.
No waste generation envisaged as there is no OB/ interburden.
Figure 1.1, Chapter-1
Page 6.
Chapter-2, Item 2.10
Page 37.
10. Land use of the study area delineating forest
area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife
sanctuary, National park, migratory routes of
fauna, water bodies, human settlements and
other ecological features should be indicated.
Land use plan of the mine lease area should be
prepared to encompass preoperational,
operational and post operational phases and
submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land
should use should be given.
Land use pattern based on Satellite imagery of study area has
been furnished in Chapter - 4 of EIA report.
There is no National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserve and
Wild Life Corridors present in the study area.
Land use plan of the mine lease in operation and post operation
phase has been discuss in Chapter - 2.
It is river bed mining. River bed will be excavated in slice of 3
meter thickness leaving statutory barrier. Material will be
replenished every year during monsoon. So no change occurs in
land use pattern.
Chapter-4 Figure- 4.1
Page-48.
Chapter-2 Table 2.11
Page-40.
11. Details of the land for any over Burden
Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent
of land area, distance from mine lease, its land
use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.
There is no waste generation for Sand mining. The Minor
mineral Sand is excavated and subsequently transported to the
consumers by dumpers and tractor trolleys. Hence there will be
no overburden dumps inside/outside the mine lease area.
The land of Sand mining lease area is a government land on the
river bed of Sakri, Panchanan, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey, Tilaiya
and Dhadar river in district Nawada. There is no human
settlement and private land owners. Hence R & R is not
applicable on this project.
Chapter-2, Item 2.10
Page 37.
Chapter 7, Item 7.5,
Page 194.
12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in
the State Forest Department should be
provided, confirming the involvement of
forest land, if any, in the project area. In the
event of any contrary claim by the Project
Proponent regarding the status of forests, the
site may be inspected by the State Forest
Department along with the Regional Office of
the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,
based on which, the Certificate in this regard
The Mining Lease area does not involve any Forest Land. The
mining lease area is a Government land on the river bed of
Sakri, Panchanan, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey, Tilaiya and Dhadar
river and this area is free from any reservation of Forest Land.
Mining Department grant the LOI of the Lease Area after taking
interdepartmental clarification from the Forest Department that
the LOI lease area is free from Forest.
Chapter - 1,
Item - 1.2, Page – 33.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 12 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
as mentioned above be issued. In all such
cases, it would be desirable for representative
of the State Forest Department to assist the
Expert Appraisal Committees.
13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up
area and virgin forest land involved in the
project including deposition of net present
value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation
(CA) should be indicated. A copy of the
forestry clearance should also be furnished.
The land of the Mining lease area is Government land on the
river bed of Sakri, Panchanan, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey, Tilaiya
and Dhadar river in district Nawada and this area is free from
any reservation of forest department, Bihar Government.
Chapter - 1,
Item No. - 1.2, Page –
33.
14. Implementation status of recognition of forest
rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other
Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of
Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.
Not Applicable.
There is no involvement of forest land in the project area.
--
15. The vegetation in the RF/PF areas in the study
area, with necessary details, should be given.
Flora details in the RF has been collected for study period by
Ecology and Biodiversity Expert and the acquired data was also
compared with the secondary data collected by forest
department. The list of flora is attached as Annexure XIII of the
EIA/EMP Report.
Annexure XIII
16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the
impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the
study area and details furnished. Impact of the
project on the wildlife in the surrounding and
any other protected area and accordingly
detailed mitigation measures required, should
be worked out with cost implications and
submitted.
Details of Fauna incorporated as Annexure XIII.
No significant impact is anticipated due to mining of Sand minor
mineral.
Annexure XIII
17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,
Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/
Elephant Reserves/ (existing as well as
proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine
lease should be clearly indicated, supported by
No National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife
Corridors, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/ are falling within 10 Km of
the study area.
Chapter-1 Item- 1.2
Page 33.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 13 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
a location map duly authenticated by Chief
Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may
be applicable to such projects due to proximity
of the ecologically sensitive areas as
mentioned above, should be obtained from the
State Wildlife Department/Chief Wildlife
Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972 and copy furnished.
18. A detailed biological study of the study area
[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of
the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be
carried out. Details of flora and fauna,
endangered, endemic and RET species duly
authenticated, separately for core and buffer
zone should be furnished based on such
primary field survey, clearly indicating the
Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any
scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the
necessary plan for their conservation should
be prepared in consultation with State Forest
and Wildlife Department and details
furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for
implementing the same should be made as part
of the project cost.
The details biological study (flora and fauna) within 10 Km
radius of the project site have been incorporated in Chapter-4 of
EIA/ EMP Report.
There are fauna listed in Scheduled-I and II has been found in
study area within 10 Km radius of project site.
Chapter-4 Item-4.7
Page-73-83.
Annexure XIII.
19. Proximity to area declared as “Critically
Polluted” or the project areas likely to come
under the Aravali Range (attracting court
restrictions for mining operations), should
also be indicated and where so required,
clearance certification from the prescribed
Authority, such as SPCB or State Mining
Dept. should be secured and furnished to the
effect that the proposed mining activities
could be considered.
The project site is neither falling under Aravali range nor it is
located in proximity to area declared as Critically Polluted.
The proposed mining area of minor mineral Sand is located on
the river bed of Sakri, Panchanan, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey,
Tilaiya and Dhadar river in district Nawada. The valid and
lawful LOI of this project site has been granted to the lease
holder by the Mining Department of Bihar Government as
enclosed in Annexure-I.
Annexure-I.
20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map
duly authenticated by one of the authorized
Not Applicable.
The lease area dose not falls in CRZ.
--
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 14 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
agencies demarcating LTL.HTL,CRZ area
location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal
features such as mangrove, if any, should be
furnished.(Note: The mining Projects failing
under CRZ would also need to obtain
approval of the concerned Coastal Zone
Management Authority).
21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the
Project Affected People (PAP) should be
furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the
relevant State/National Rehabilitation &
Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In
respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections
of the society in the study area, a need based
sample survey, family-wise, should be
undertaken to assess their Requirements, and
action programmes prepared and submitted
accordingly, integrating the sectoral
programmes of line departments of the State
Government. It may be clearly brought out
whether the village located in the mine lease
area will be shifted or not. The issues related
to shifting of Village including their R & R
and socio economic aspects should be
discussed in report.
There is no Project Affected Person (PAP) by mining activities.
Hence, there is no need of R & R Plan. Chapter – 7, Item – 7.8
Page - 160.
22. One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline
data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and
NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora
and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and
other data so compiled presented date-wise in
the EIA and EMP Report. Site- specific
meteorological data should also be collected.
The location of the monitoring stations should
be such as to represent whole of the study area
and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant
Downwind direction and location of sensitive
Baseline data of study area within 10 Km radius of the project
site was collected for March 2015 to May 2015 (Pre Monsoon).
Annexure VIII, IX, X and XII enclosed.
The details of study are incorporated in Chapter-4.
The key plans of monitoring station have been shown in
Chapter-4.
The locations of Monitoring station have been selected in
predominant wind direction.
One monitoring station Nawada City is within 500 m of the
mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.
Annexure VIII, IX, X
and XII
Figure 4.6, 4.13, 4.14
and 4.17.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 15 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
receptors. There should be at least one
monitoring station within 500 m of the mine
lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.
The mineralogical composition of PM10,
particularly for free silica, should be given.
EIA contains the mineralogical composition for PM10. Lab
results of mineralogy of PM10 have been attached as Annexure-
VIII.
Annexure VIII
23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for
prediction of impact of the project on the air
quality of the area. It should also take into
account the impact of movement of vehicles
for transportation of mineral. The details of
the model used and input parameters used for
modeling should be provided. The air quality
contours may be shown on a location map
clearly indicating the location of the site,
location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the
habitation. The wind roses showing pre-
dominant wind direction may also be indicated
on the map.
Air quality modeling and impact of air quality has been
incorporated in Chapter-5 of this EIA/EMP report.
Air quality modeling has been carried out by AERMOD
CLOUDS model using ISCST3 Dispersion Model for prediction
of impact of the proposed mining on the air quality of the area.
The predominant wind direction recorded during study period
was from E to W direction.
Chapter-5 Item- 5.3
Page 90-97.
24. The water requirement for the Project, its
availability and source should be furnished. A
detailed water balance should also be
provided. Fresh water requirement for the
Project should be indicated.
Dust suppression = 25 KLD
Domestic purpose = 4 KLD
Plantation = 7 KLD
Total = 36 KLD
Water will be taken from existing bore wells/ wells from nearby
villages. The detail is incorporate Chapter-2.
Chapter-2 Item 2.6.1
Figure 2.6, Page 40.
25. Necessary clearance from the Competent
Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of
water for the Project should be provided.
Water will be taken from existing bore wells / wells from nearby
villages so no new bore well will be dug up so necessary
clearance from competent authority are not required.
The requirement of water is 36 KLD and met from bore well.
Chapter 2 Item 2.6.1,
Figure 2.6, Page- 40.
26. Description of water conservation measures
proposed to be adopted in the Project should
be given. Details of rainwater harvesting
proposed in the Project, if any, should be
provided.
Water conservation strategies have been discussed in EMP in
Chapter-10. Chapter-10 Item - 10.4
Page-164.
27. Impact of the project on the water quality, Surface Water
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 16 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
both surface and groundwater should be
assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if
any required, should be provided.
No permanent infrastructure will be developed which may
obstruct the river flow, the proposed Sand mining will not be
done in rainy days hence there will not be any adverse impact on
the surface water.
Ground Water
The ground water quality will not be changed because mining
activity will not intersect the ground water table as it is restricted
to 3m depth only.
Impact of the project on the water quality and its mitigation
measures has been incorporated in Chapter-5 of EIA/EMP
report.
Chapter-5 Item-5.6
Page 97-100.
28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly
be shown whether working will intersect
groundwater. Necessary data and
documentation in this regard may be provided.
In case the working will intersect groundwater
table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study
should be undertaken and Report furnished.
Necessary permission from Central Ground
Water Authority for working below ground
water and for pumping of ground water should
also be obtained and copy furnished.
The maximum working depth of mining will be 3 m bgl and the
ground water table exists at 8-10m bgl. So working depth/level
will not be intersecting of ground water table.
Permission from CGWA is not applicable.
Systematic diagram of mining depth also incorporated in
Chapter-5.
Chapter-5 Item- 5.6
Figure- 5.4
Page- 97-100.
29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,
passing through the lease area and
modification / diversion proposed, if any, and
the impact of the same on the hydrology
should be brought out.
There is no stream modification/ diversion.
It is opencast mining of minor mineral Sand located on the river
bed and mining is permitted only up to depth of 3 meter, hence
there will be no stream diversion/ modifications.
Chapter-4 Item-4.5
Page 157-159
30. Information on site elevation, working depth,
groundwater table etc. should be provided
both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram
may also be provided for the same.
Maximum Working Depth : 3m bgl
Ground water Table: 10 m bgl
Information about site elevation, working depth has been
incorporated in Chapter-2.
Systematic diagram of mining depth also incorporated in
Chapter-5.
Chapter 2, Table 2.3,
Page 26.
Chapter 5, Figure 5.4,
Page 99.
31. A time bound Progressive Green belt
Development Plan shall be prepared in a
tabular form (indicating the linear and
Schedule of plantation of five years given below:
Chapter 10, Item 10.6
Page 170-171.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 17 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
quantitative coverage plant species and time
frame) and submitted keeping in mind, the
same will have to be executed up front on
commencement of the project. Phase-wise
plan of plantation and compensatory
afforestation should be charted clearly
indicating the area to be covered under
plantation and the species selected for green
belt development should have grater
ecological value and should be of good utility
value to the local population with emphasis on
local and native species and the species which
are tolerant to pollution.
Year of
Plantation Target of
Plantation Assumed
survival Replenishment
of Casualties Total
I 5000 4000 - 4000
II 5000 4000 1000 5000
III 5000 4000 1000 5000
IV 5000 4000 1000 5000
V 5000 4000 1000 5000
Progressive Green belt program details have been discussed in
Chapter -10.
Table 10.1 and 10.2
Page- 170-171.
32. Impact on the local transport infrastructure
due to the project should be indicated.
Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of
the project in the present road network
(including those outside the Project area)
should be worked out, indicating whether it is
capable of handling the incremental load.
Arrangement for improving the infrastructure,
if contemplated (including action to be taken
by other agencies such as State Government)
should be covered. Project Proponent shall
conduct Impact of Transportation study as per
Indian Road Congress Guidelines.
Transportation of mineral during operation of mines will be
done by 2 NHs and 5 SHs through dumpers. Details regarding
traffic study have been furnished in Chapter 4 of EIA report.
The existing road is capable of handling this additional traffic
due to these proposed mines. Hence there will not be any
adverse impacts on local transport infrastructure due to the
proposed mines.
Chapter 4 Item- 4.5,
Page- 66-69.
33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be
provided to the mine workers should be
included in the EIA report.
Adequate infrastructure and other facilities will be provided to
mine worker. Information about onsite shelter and facilities for
workers has been incorporated in Chapter - 2.
Chapter-2 Item- 2.16
Page – 40-41.
34. Conceptual post mining land use and
Reclamation and Restoration of mined out
areas (with plans and with adequate number of
sections) should be given in the EIA report.
Conceptual post mining land use and Progressive mine closer
plan has been incorporated in mining Plan.
Please refer to
Approved Mining Plan
Plates (5A to 5D).
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 18 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project
should be anticipated and the proposed
preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details
of pre-placement medical examination and
periodical medical examination schedules
should be incorporated in the EMP. The
project Specific occupational health mitigation
measures with required facilities proposed in
the mining area may be detailed.
Details about, Occupational Health impacts , person protective
measures, pre-placement medical examination and periodical
medical examination schedules, management plan has been
furnished in Chapter-7 of EIA report.
Chapter-7 Item-7.4
Page- 129-131.
36. Public health implications of the Project and
related activities for the population in the
impact zone should be systematically
evaluated and the proposed remedial measures
should be detailed along with budgetary
allocations.
Public health implication like respiratory disorder, noise induced
problems are major issues which will be addressed properly.
Study has been performed which includes to gain an
understanding of the source, identification of exposure pathway
and determination of likely receptor. The impact will not be
concentrated and confined to particular zone. Periodic health
camps will be taken up in villages.
Chapter-7 Item-7.4
Page- 129-131.
37. Measures of socio economic significance and
influence to the local community proposed to
be provided by the Project Proponent should
be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative
dimensions may be given with time frames for
implementation.
Need based assessment have been carried in consultation with
local village panchayat to provide ESR activities. Details of ESR
activities and budget allocation are furnished in Chapter – 7 of
this EIA/EMP report.
Chapter – 7 Table 7.7
Page 156.
38. Detailed environmental management plan to
mitigate the environmental impacts which,
should inter-alia include the impacts of change
of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing
land, if any, occupational health impacts
besides other impacts specific to the proposed
Project.
Environment Management Plan has been described in detail in
Chapter – 10 of this EIA/EMP Report. Chapter – 10.
39. Public hearing points raised and commitment
of the project proponent on the same along
with time bound action plan to implement the
same should be provided and also
incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of
the Project.
The public hearing of balu/sand mining project viz. „Mining of
Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) in all Balu Ghats of “Distt.-
Nawada, Bihar” with production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of
sand by M/s. Jai Mata Dee Enterprises at Balu Ghats of District
Nawada, Bihar‟ was conducted on 12.03.2016 at 12:30 pm at
Nagar Bhawan, Nawada. The details of Public Hearing are
incorporated in Chapter 7 and the Approved Minutes are
--
Chapter-7, Item 7.1.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 19 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
enclosed as Annexure XVI. Annexure XVI
40. Details of litigation pending against the
project, if any, with direction / order passed by
any Court of Law against the project should be
given.
No litigation pending in any court of law. --
41. The cost of the project (capital cost and
recurring cost) as well as the cost towards
implementation of EMP should clearly be
spelt out.
The cost of project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as
the cost of EMP incorporates Chapter – 1. Detailed cost
towards implementation of EMP has been furnished in Chapter-
10 of EIA report.
Capital cost Rs 81.9 Crores
Cost of Environmental
Protection Measures
Rs 28 Lakhs per annum
Cost of Socio Economic
Measures
Rs 11.25 Lakhs per annum
Cost of OH&S Rs. 15.00 Lakhs per annum
Chapter-1 Table-1.1.
Page 3.
Chapter-10 Table-
10.4. Page 172.
42. A Disaster management plan shall be prepared
and included in the EIA/EMP Report.
Disaster Management Plan has been described in detail in
Chapter-7 of EIA/EMP Report. Chapter-7 Item- 7.2
and 7.3, Page 122-129.
43. Benefits of the project if the Project is
implemented should be spelt out. The benefits
of the Project shall clearly indicate
environmental, social, economic, employment
potential, etc.
Benefits of project have been described in detail in Chapter-8
of EIA/EMP Report. Chapter-8.
General Points
a All documents to be properly referenced with index and
continuous page numbering.
All documents are properly referenced with index
and continuous page numbering.
--
b Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the
period in which the data were collected and the sources should
be indicated.
Source and period for data collection has been
mentioned with the respective tables.
--
c Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports
of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL
accredited laboratories. All original analysis/testing reports
should be available during appraisal of the project.
Enclosed Annexure VIII, IX, X
and XII
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 20 (Chapter-1)
Final EIA/EMP Report
d Where the documents provided are in language other than
English, an English translation should be provided.
All the documents provided in this EIA/EMP
report are given in English.
--
e The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining
projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall be filled and
submitted.
Enclosed Submitted with this
EIA/EMP Report.
f While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the
proponents and instructions for the Consultants issued by
MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th
August, 2009, which are available on the website of this
Ministry, should be followed.
The instructions for the proponents and instruction
for the consultants as per the said MOEF circular
are followed.
--
g Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters
(as submitted in Form-1 and the PFR for securing TOR) should
be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for such
changes and the permission should be sought, as the TOR may
also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in
structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than
modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail
conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.
There is no change made in the basic scope and
projects parameters.
--
h The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area
indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and
mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (ii) sections
of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the
land features of the adjoining area.
Included Included.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 21 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.0 GENERAL
This chapter gives broad description of the project, location, type of ore deposit(s), quality of reserve,
Mining Methodology, various site utilities and infrastructure, etc. The downstream use of mineral for
value addition and its importance is also described.
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT
The project is proposed project for the excavation of sand from inside riverbed field. It is an opencast
semi-mechanized mining project to excavate Sand in its existing form.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
Building huge infrastructure as envisaged by Government of India particularly in road and housing sector
requires basic building and construction raw materials. The sand is one of primary building material
required for the purpose. The mining activities as proposed are the backbone of all construction and
infrastructure projects as the raw material for construction is made available only from such mining. The
sand to be excavated is in high demand at the local market for real estate and infrastructure industry. This
project will also provide employment to local people helping them earn livelihood. In addition to this, it
will further prevent widening of the above mentioned rivers bed due to the deposition of sediments which
if not mined out will result in raising of the river bed causing flooding, damage to the adjoining areas,
destruction of life and property.
2.3 DESCRIPTION OF MINE LEASE AREA
The proposed activity of sand mining viz. Balu/Sand Mining is located at the riverbed of Sakri, Panchane,
Nati, Tilaya, Dhadhar, Dhanarjay and Khuri rivers in district Nawada, Bihar for production capacity
41,47,000 TPA over an area of 402.98 Ha. The lease area is free from forest (A copy of NOC from DFO,
Nawada is attached as Annexure V).
Table 2.1: Location Details
State District River/Ghats SOI Toposheet (OSM) No. Area
Bihar Nawada The balu ghats lie on Sakri River,
Panchane River, Nati, River, Tilaya
River, Dhadhar River, Dhanarjay River
and Khuri River
72H1, 72H2, 72H5, 72H6,
72H9, 72H10, 72H13, 72L1,
72L2, G45N12, G45T7 and
72G16.
402.98
Ha
2.3.1 Location of Lease Hold Area
The lease hold area of 402.98 Ha lies inside the Riverbed of Sakri River, Panchane River, Nati, River,
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 22 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Tilaya River, Dhadhar River, Dhanarjay River and Khuri River decided as per the letter of intent issued
by Mines and Geology Department Patna, Bihar.
The general location and project site layout are given below:
Figure: 2.1 Location Map of the Project Site
2.4 GEOLOGICAL PROFILE OF THE AREA
2.4.1 Topography of the Area
Nawada is located between North Latitudes 24°31’to 25°08’ and East Longitudes 85°00’to 86°03’and
falls on Survey of India Toposheet (OSM) No. 72 G/8 , 72G/12, 72 G/16, 72H/5, 72H/6, 72H/9, 72H/10,
72H/13. The district is bounded in north by Nalanda and Sheikhpura district, in east by Jamui district, in
west by Gaya district, while southern half boundary of districts bounded by Jharkhand state boundary.
The district is having a geographical area of 2494 Sq. Km and occupying 1.43% of the total geographical
area of the Bihar State. The Nawada District comprises of two distinct landscapes i.e. plain land of North
and the hilly area of the south, 45% comes under the plain land which is used for agricultural purposes.
2.4.2 Geology
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 23 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
2.4.2.1 Regional Geology
Geologically, it represents the extreme northern front of Indian sub-continent. These include (i) the belt of
Himalayan foothills in the northern fringe of Paschim Champaran (ii) the vast Ganga Plains, (iii) the
Vindhyan (Kaimur) Plateau extending into Rohtas region, (iv) the sporadic and small Gondwana basin
outliers in Banka district, (v) the Satpura Range extending into large part of the area North of
Chotanagpur Plateau, (vi) the parts of Bihar Mica belt in Nawada, Jamui and Banka districts and (vii) the
Granite Gneissic complex of Chotanagpur plateau. Nearly two third of Bihar is under cover of Ganga
basin composed of alluvium and masks the nature of basement rocks.
Table 2.2: Showing the Geological Succession and their geographic distribution
Age Geology Geography
Quaternary Alluvial deposits (Sand, Clay, Silt,
fragments)
North Bihar Plain and Central Bihar
Plain
Tertiary Sandstones and Clay Stones North Champaran Hills
Gondwana Coal Measures, Forming a series of
small outlier basins
Banka district
Vindhyans Sandstones, Shales, Limestones etc. Parts of Bhabhua and Rohtas dist
Satpura Schist, Phyllite, Quartzite Part of Aurangabad, Gaya, Nawada,
Nalanda,
Sheikhpura and
Nawada Dist.
Proterozoic MicaSchist, amphibolitesquartzites,
granite, dolerite and pegmatite
Nawada, Jamui and Banka
Archaean Gnesses, Granites, Schists, Phyllites,
Quartzites, Amphibolites and intrusive
all metamorphosed sedimentary and
igneous rocks
Parts of Aurangabad, Gaya, Nawada,
Jamui, Banka and Bhagalpur
The Tertiary is exposed in Masan area of North Champaran District, as a series of low hillocks. They
represent Upper Siwaliks of the Sub-Himalayas and consist of Sandstone and clay stone, disturbed by
folding and thrust faulting. The entire sequence here occurs as inliers in the alluvial terrain. The
Quaternary of North Bihar Plains, between the tortuous courses of Ganga and Himalayan foothills, is
represented by Older Alluvium Group (OAG) (Bhangar) and Newer Alluvium Group (NAG) (Khader).
The OAG is represented by Mirganj Formation, Khajauli Formation and Madhubani Formation in
Gandak basin, Gandak-Kosi interfluves and Kosi basin, respectively. The NAG includes the Vaishali
Formation, the Jainagar Formation and Purnea Formation in Gandak basin, Gandak-Kosi interfluves and
Ganga-Kosi-Mahananda interfluves. In the whole region the uppermost formation is the Present Flood
Plains, Diara formation, Channel Bars and Sand Dunes. In central Bihar Plains the NAG forming the
highest terrace, in the Son-Ganga alluvial tract, and NAG forming younger terraces, as Older Flood
Plains, are exposed all along the Alluvial Upland. The Present Flood Plain deposits are confined with the
channels. The Vindhyans, in Bihar, are exposed in Rohtas and Bhabhua districts as scarps and plateau.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 24 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
They comprises gritty to fine cemented sandstones, shales, flagstones, quartzite, sandy siltstones,
limestone breccias and porcellanites, the shales often being pyritiferous. The Gondwana rocks occur as
sporadic outlier basins, in the parts of Banka district. The main rock types are sandstones, fine to coarse
or gritty sandstone, ironstone, shales, carbonaceous shales, coal seams and boulder beds. They are largely
cemented, jointed, fractured, faulted and intruded by dykes and sills. Along the northern fringe of the
Chotanagpur Granite Gneiss Complex are low-grade supracrustals covering the Kharagpur hills, Rajgir
hills and Gaya hills referred to as the Satpura Range, comprises schists, ferruginous phyllite, quartzite and
phylliticshales. The Bihar Mica belt comprises a sequence of folded hornblende schists, amphibolite,
mica-schist, quartzite and calc-silicates intruded by circular to oval shaped graniticplutons, dolerites,
pegmatites and quartz veins. There are many old mines of mica in this belt. The Archaeans are the oldest
rock formation in the state. The most predominant rock type is mainly of gneisses and granitic rocks with
lesser amount of schists, quartzites, basic intrusives and pegmatoides. They are exposed in Aurangabad,
Gaya, Nawada, Jamui, Bhagalpur and Banka districts.
Figure 2.2 Geological Map of Bihar (Source: Statement of Environment Report, Feb, 2007, BPCB)
2.4.2.2 Local Geology
The litho units encountered in the riverbed and surrounding areas belongs to the alluvial deposits of
Quaternary Age. The sediments are river borne and has deposited in the riverbed and the flood plains. The
NAWADA
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 25 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
different formations of the area are a mixture of, sand, silt and clay. The following sequences have been
observed in the area.
Soil/Alluvium
Sand
There is no clear demarcation between the litho units. They have been deposit in a mixed form. The
Litho- units exposed around the riverbed are the product of sedimentation. The mineral sand and silt have
formed by weathering of rocks and then deposition on the flood plains of the rivers originated from the
Satpura hills. These have been washed by rainwater during rainy season and deposited in river bed in the
form of boulders, gravels and sand of different sizes and shapes. These minerals are sorted by screening.
The max depth of the minerals is not known. Soil/ alluvium varying in thickness from 2-4m constitute the
top horizons in the area suitable for agriculture. The Ganga and its tributaries meander through the area
exposing the alluvium and soil at the banks. Sand is found in the river bed. Thickness of sand is
confirmed up to 10 meters. This bed is presently dry and water flows only during the rainy season .All
Rivers are ephemeral in nature, having meager water during lean periods. The Sand exposed in the River
bed and surrounding areas is the product of the deposition of the sediments brought and deposited in the
flood plains of these rivers. These sediments are of recent geological formation. The litho-units exposed
within the river and surrounding areas have formed as water borne sediments brought by flood water
during rainy season every year and deposited in riverbed.
2.4.3 Sediment Composition
Sediments of various sizes and in mixed form are predominantly deposited in the river bed and there is no
perfect classification between sediments. These may be called as coarse sand, medium sand and fine sand.
The term sand is used to denote an aggregate of mineral or rock grains greater than 1/16mm and less than
2 mm in diameter. The classification is done by grab mining and the sediments are passed through
different sieves in the screening plants.
2.4.4 Geomorphology
The northern and southern parts of the district constitute two distinct natural regions. The northern part is
plain area underlain by alluvial soils covering Nawada, Warsaliganj, Pakhribarwan and parts of Hisua,
Narhat, Govindpur, Akbarpur and Kauakol blocks. Consequently, it is densely populated and has a rich
historical background. The southern part is hilly and undulating with a gentle ascends towards the south
merging into hills and is part of southern fringes of the Chottanagpur Plateau. The entire southern
boundary of the district is a conglomeration of ridges and spurs.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 26 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 2.3: Mineral Map of Bihar
2.4.5 Drainage
The district of Nawada does not have any important perennial river. Those, which are worthy of mention,
are the Tilaiya, Ghaghra, Khuri, Sakri and Dhanarjya. The beds of these rivers are shallow, wide and
sandy. They are ephemeral in nature and are virtually in spate during the rainy season. The district of
Nawada also has some important waterfalls such as Kakolat and Had-hadwa. The total geographic area of
the district is 2494 Sq Km. The Nawada district rivers area forms sub-basin of the Ganga Basin. The
district is having moderate to low drainage density. Dendritic and rectangular drainage patterns are
dominating in the hilly regions, while in the plain area the pattern is parallel to sub-parallel. All rivers are
ephemeral in nature, having no water during lean periods
Table 2.3: Details of Site Elevation
Lowest Elevation (m amsl) Highest Elevation (m amsl) Working Depth (in m) Ground Water Table
70-84 m AMSL in North 120-265 m AMSL in South 3 m bgl 8-10 m bgl
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 27 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 2.4 Drainage Map of the Study Area
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 28 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
2.4.6 Hydrogeology
Geological mapping and geomorphologic analysis of the district has revealed the existence of erosion
hills and depositional valleys in the area. The land erosion systems include Rocky upland and Pedi plains,
where as the depositional land systems are Nawada surface and Sakri surface. This classification of land
systems has been done on the basis of topographic characteristics, slope characteristics, drainage
characteristics, and nature of oxidation and soil formations on the sediments of the area. Nawada Surface
(Older Alluvium) is the oldest depositional geomorphic surface of the area and comprises vast stretch of
alluvial landscape to the north of the main south-central NE-SW trending Rocky Upland, as well as
shallow valley fill areas to the south of the Rocky Upland. The general elevation of this landscape varies
between 416.6 m and 446.7 m in the southern side whereas the general slope is towards north while the
elevation varies between 67 m and 91.4 m in the northern part of the Rocky Upland. The surface to the
north of the Rocky Upland has been formed by alluviation of precursors of Sakri, Tilaiya Kuri and Nata
rivers. The geomorphic units comprising this geomorphic surface have been obliterated by later erosion
processes. The alluvial fills to the south of the Rocky Upland appear to have formed by filling up of
depressions of the valley floor. The sediments have probably been derived from the surrounding high
ground. In Nawada district, as per available data the water level during pre-monsoon varies from 2.19 to
8.82 m whereas during post monsoon it ranges between 0.64 m and 6.56 m.
2.4.7 Rainfall and Climate
Monsoon sets sometimes in the third week of June and it lasts till the end of September. The average
annual rainfall in Nawada district is 1037 mm. After analysis of rainfall data it is revealed that there is a
wide variation in the average annual rainfall values, least being at Rajauli and maximum at Nawada. The
climate of the district is sub-tropical to sub-humid in nature. The district experiences severe cold during
winter whereas on the other hand in summer it is very hot. The summer starts from the mid of March and
it continues up to mid of June, after that monsoon starts and it continues up to mid of October. The nights
are generally hot from the end of May till the first break of monsoon. The climate is generally hot and
dry, the winter temperature ranges from 16°C to as low as 4°C whereas during the summer the mercury
shoots to 460 °C. During rainy season it becomes cooler and temperature drops to 35°C to 25°C.
(Source: District Groundwater Brochure CGWB).
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 29 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 2.5 Hydrogeology of Nawada (Source: District Groundwater Brochure CGWB)
2.5 MINERAL RESOURCES IN BIHAR
Bihar is the principal holder of country's pyrite resources and possesses 95% of resources. The important
mineral occurrences in Bihar are limestone in Kaimur (Bhabhua), Monghyr and Rohtas districts; mica in
Nawada district; quartz/ silica sand in Bhagalpur, Jamui, Monghyr and Nalanda districts; quartzite in
Lakhisarai, Monghyr and Nalanda districts; talc/soapstone/ steatite in Monghyr district. Besides,
occurrences of bauxite in Monghyr and Rohtas districts; china clay in Bhagalpur and Monghyr districts;
felspar in Gaya, Jamui and Monghyr districts; fireclay in Bhagalpur and Purnea districts; gold in Jamui
district; granite in Bhagalpur, Gaya, Jahanabad and Jamui districts; iron ore (hematite) in Bhagalpur
district; iron ore (magnetite) in Gaya and Jamui districts; lead-zinc in Banka and Rohtas districts and
pyrites in Rohtas district.
Table 2.4: Summary of Lease Distribution in Bihar State (As on 31/03/2013)
S.No. State No. of Leases Lease Area (Ha.)
1. Bihar 9 1382.66
(Source: Indian bureau of mines and data bank, Department of Mines and Geology)
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 30 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 2.5: Currently available minerals resources’ in Bihar that can be excavated Figure in Million Tons
S.No. Minerals Deposits in Bihar
1. Limestone 210.85
2. Pyrite 53.41
3. Quartz 10.83
4. Silica sand 5.25
5. Feldspar 4.84
6. Quartzite 3.02
7. Bauxite 1.5
8. Porcelain 1.2
9. Magnetite Stone 0.59
10. Decorative Stones 67.91 M CubicM
11. Slate piphalaita 4.07 M.CubicM
12. Gold Ore 128.88 (gold metal 0.6 to 0.1 grams in per ton ore)
(Source: Indian bureau of mines and data bank, Department of Mines and Geology)
2.6 SEISMICITY OF THE AREA
The state of Bihar lies in a region with moderate to low to high seismic hazard. As per the 2002 Bureau of
Indian Standards (BIS) map, this state also falls in Zones III, IV and V. Historically, this region has
experienced earthquake in the M5.0-7.0 range. Districts such as Araria, Darbhanga, Madhubani,
Sitamarhi and Supaul lie in Zone V. The south-western districts of Aurangabad, Bhojpur, Buxar, Gaya,
Jahanabad, Kaimur, Nawada and Rohtas lie in Zone III. The remaining districts of Bihar, including the
capital city of Patna lie in Zone IV. The hazard map shows contours joining locations of equal expected
peak accelerations in rock expressed in percentage. Seismic Zone Map of India is shown as Figure 2.6
and also shown in seismic map of Bihar in Figure 2.7.
The mine lease area is located in seismic Zone III. This region is liable to MSK IX-VII and is classified
as the High Damage Risk Zone.
2.6.1 Earthquake History of Bihar
The state of Bihar lies in the Gangetic Plain. This is a fore-deep, a down warp of the Himalayan foreland,
of variable depth, converted into flat plains by long-vigorous sedimentation. This is known as a
geosyncline and the Gangetic Plain is the Indo-Gangetic Geosyncline. This has shown considerable
amounts of flexure and dislocation at the northern end and is bounded on the north by the Himalayan
Frontal Thrust. The floor of the Gangetic trough (if see without all the sediments) is not an even plain, but
shows corrugated inequalities and buried ridges (shelf faults). Western Bihar sits on the sub-surface
Faizabad ridge while the eastern sections sit on the Munger-Saharsa Ridge. The areas near the border with
West Bengal lie on the Kosi Graben (Purnea-Kasganj Graben). The central sections of Bihar lie atop the
Gandak depression and East Uttar Pradesh shelf. The Himalayan Frontal Thrust does not run in Bihar,
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 31 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
though, it runs across the border in Nepal. Several faults have been identified in the region and some
have shown evidence of movement during the Holocene epoch. The West Patna Fault runs in a NE-SW
direction from near Arrah in the south to the Nepalese border near Madhubani in the north. Running
almost parallel to it is the East Patna Fault which extends from the south-east of Patna in the south to the
Nepalese border to the east of Madhubani. Another fault, this one also lying parallel to the previous two,
is the Munger-Saharsa Ridge Fault which runs from Biharsharif to near Morang in eastern Nepal. Apart
from these there is east-west running tear faults in the region that control the courses of the main rivers.
However, it must be stated that proximity to faults does not necessarily translate into a higher hazard as
compared to areas located further away, as damage from earthquakes depends on numerous factors such
as subsurface geology as well as adherence to the building codes.
Figure 2.6 Seismic Map of India
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 32 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
The 1934 Bihar earthquake was one of the worst earthquakes in India's history. Some 30,000 people were
said to have died. Munger and Muzaffarpur were completely destroyed. This 8.1 magnitude earthquake
occurred on January 15, 1934 at around 2:13 PM (I.S.T.) (08:43 UTC) and caused widespread damage in
the northern Bihar and in Nepal. The epicenter for this event was located in the eastern Nepal about 240
km away from Kathmandu.
Figure 2.7 Earthquake Hazard Map of Bihar
Source: NIDM, India
2.7 FLOODS
2.7.1 History of Flood in Bihar
Bihar is India’s most flood-prone State, with 76 percent of the population, in the north Bihar living under
the recurring threat of flood devastation. About 68800 sq Km. out of total geographical area of 94160 sq.
Km. comprising 73.06 percent is flood affected.
The plains of Bihar, adjoining Nepal, are drained by a number of rivers that have their catchments in the
NAWADA
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 33 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
steep and geologically nascent Himalayas. Kosi, Gandak, Burhi Gandak, Bagmati, Kamla Balan,
Mahananda and Adhwara Group of rivers originates in Nepal, carry high discharge and very high
sediment load and drops it down in the plains of Bihar. About 65% of catchments area of these rivers falls
in Nepal/Tibet and only 35% of catchments area lies in Bihar. A review by Kale (1997) indicated that the
plains of north Bihar have recorded the highest number of floods during the last 30 years. In the years
1978, 1987, 1998, 2004 and 2007 Bihar witnessed high magnitudes of flood. The total area affected by
floods has also increased during these years. Flood of 2004 demonstrates the severity of flood problem
when a vast area of 23490 Sq Km. was badly affected by the floods of Bagmati, Kamla and Adhwara
groups of rivers causing loss of about 800 human lives, even when Ganga, the master drain was flowing
low.
Figure 2.8 Flood Hazard Map (Year 2012)
Bihar is endowed with rich water bodies consisting of glacial rivers, rain-fed rivulets and tals and ground
water. The whole of North Bihar is a courtyard of Himalayan Rivers and the whole of South Bihar the
backyard of rivers flowing from south. Together they divide the State in seven river zones as if, bracketed
between two major rivers, the rich land falling in-between is held in ransom by them.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 34 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 2.6: Flood Damage during 2001 to 2011
Year Area
affected in
(m. Ha.)
Population
affected in
(million)
Damage to crops Damage to houses Cattle
lost Nos.
Human
life lost
Nos.
Damage to
Public
Utilities in
Rs. Crore
Total damages
Crops, houses and
public utilities in
Rs. Crore Area (m. Ha) Value
(Rs. Crore)
Nos. Value in Rs.
Crore
2001 1.195 9.091 0.650 267.218 222008 173.584 565 231 183.538 624.340
2002 1.969 16.018 0.941 511.495 41914 526.215 1450 489 408.922 1446.632
2003 1.508 8.798 0.610 62.660 45262 20.320 106 251 1035.160 1118.140
2004 2.700 29.985 1.399 522.056 929773 758.095 3272 885 1030.496 2310.647
2005 0.460 2.639 0.135 11.640 5538 3.828 4 58 3050 18.518
2006 0.182 1.089 0.086 7.060 18637 12.260 31 36 84.562 103.882
2007 1.880 2.780 1.060 768.378 784328 831.445 2423 1287 642.415 2242.239
2008 0.882 6.212 0.367 34.196 297916 84.514 878 252 97.710 216.420
2009 1.105 2.338 0.040 21.830 7674 5.282 2 97 5.301 32.413
2010 0.199 1.075 0.010 3.119 15170 7.049 0 100 1.592 11.760
2011 0.000 0.581 0.163 59.870 34906 17792 39 143 25.786 103.448
Most of these rivers namely Ghaghra, Gandak, Burhi Gandak, Bagmati, Kamla, Adhwara group of rivers, Kosi and Mahanada have Himalayan origin
and have considerable portion of their catchment in the galcial region falling in Nepal and Tibet. They are, therefore, positioned to receive very
copious rainfall during monsoon when discharge of these rivers is 50 to 90 times larger than fair weather flow. This causes frequent and large scale
flooding in North Bihar. As such, 73.63 percent of the geographical area of North Bihar is considered to be prone to floods. Southern part of Bihar, on
the other hand, is drained by rivers that are largely rainfed, having their origins either in the Vindhyachal Hills or in the Hills of Chotanagpur and
Rajmahal. These rivers are either dry or have scanty discharges in non-monsoon months. Karmanasa, Sone, Punpun, Kiul, Badua, Chandan are the
important rivers of this region. Falling between the Ganga and Indo-Nepal border, North Bihar have a geographical area of around 50,000 sq. Km. has
a general slope from north-west to south-east. The geographical area of South Bihar is around 44000 sq. Km and has a general slope of south to north.
2.8 DROUGHT
It is an irony of situation that a state so rich in water bodies, also suffers from severe droughts. Bihar often faces drought situation of different
scales/levels that intrinsically lead to famine situations. This situation necessarily occurs when the summer monsoon gets weak and which causes
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 35 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
percentage departure of seasonal rainfall from the normal. Climatically, the state of Bihar lies on the
cross-roads of the wet eastern coastal regions and the relatively dry continental region of the western
plains. Being on the threshold of transition zone there happens regional variations in rainfall distribution
as well as rainfall variability. Although, the average rainfall in Bihar is 1120 mm, but considerable
variations occur with 2000 mm in the extreme eastern and northern part and less than 1000mm in the
western and south-western part of the state. As a result 33% of the State receives less than 750 mm
rainfall, making the southern part of Bihar vulnerable to drought. Even the 35% of north-eastern part of
Bihar that receives around 1120 mm rainfall suffers drought once in four to five years due to scanty rains.
Figure 2.9 Drought Map (Year 2012)
2.9 EXPLORATION AND RESERVES
Survey was conducted in the proposed area of Rivers and its tributaries bed as per the area allocated in
different villages, vide list given by DMG, Bihar. This is the basic document provided by the authorities.
Khasra plan was provided by the applicant.
2.9.1 Proved Reserves
The special conditions which are applicable for excavation of minor mineral(s) from river beds in order to
ensure safety of river-beds, structures and the adjoining areas are considered while calculating the
reserves of this area are as follows:
The quarrying of sand shall be prohibited within 300 meters on both sides of any railway bridge or
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 36 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
any bridge falling under any National highways/State Highway and shall be prohibited within
100meters of both side of any bridge. However the prohibited zone In respect of any particular
bridge may be extended by the State Government through a notification in this regard, if so required
for reasons of safety.
No quarrying shall be permitted within 5 meters from both banks of the river.
The quarrying of sand shall be prohibited within 100 meters upstream and downstream from any
dam/weir or any other structure erected for irrigation purpose.
No quarrying shall be permitted within 46 meters distance from flood control embankments. The
quarrying shall be restricted up to a depth of 1.80m within 46 meters to 61m distance from the said
embankments and shall be further restricted up to a depth 2.40 meters, 61 meters to 91 meters
distance from the above said embankments.
Maximum permissible depth for sand quarrying: The maximum depth of sand quarrying in the
river bed shall not exceed 3 meters measured from the un-mined bed level at any point of time or
the water table whichever is less.
2.9.2 Reserve Estimation
The reserves are calculated on the basis of established width, thickness and strike length/influence of the
mineralized formation in the area.
a. The entire reserves of Sand up to the depth of 3.0 m are calculated for river bed area.
b. The bulk density of Sand is considered 2.0.
c. The reserves of Sand calculated by volumetric method and are summarized here below:
Table 2.7: Geological and Mineable Reserves (Nawada District)
Stretch
No.
River Area in
Ha.
Area in
m2
Total proved
Geological
reserves
MT=Area x
depth x BD
(UNFC code 111)
Blocked area in
river banks,
railways,
roads/bridges/
Lease boundary
etc. (m2)
Geological
Reserves in
blocked area
(UNFC Code
211 and 222)
Tons
Mineable
reserves in
Tons
1 Sankari 88.7 887000 5322000 84420 506520 4815480
2 Khuri 68.1 681000 4086000 95540 573240 3512760
3 Nati 12.43 124300 745800 14400 86400 659400
4 Tilaiyya 49.95 499500 2997000 130100 780600 2216400
5 Dhanarjay 74.26 742600 4455600 113140 678840 3776760
6 Panchane 96.54 965400 5792400 55380 332280 5460120
7 Dhadhar 13.0 130000 780000 19100 114600 665400
Total 402.98 4029800 24178800 512080 3072480 21,106,320
2.9.3 Reserves
A) Proved Reserves as per UNFC Code (111)
Total Reserves = 2,41,78,800 Tons
B) Blocked Reserves as per UNFC Code (211 and 222) = 30,72,480 Tons
C) Mineable Reserves = A-B = 2,11,06,320 Tons
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 37 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
2.9.4 Targeted Production
The targeted production is 29,76,640 Tons per year (2.976 Million TPA) up to the lease period as
mineable mineral reserves is 21.106 million Tons.
The mining lease has been allotted for a period of 5 years only. Lease area consists of 402.98 Ha. area
(Khasra) out of which about 51.280 Ha. area is under restricted zone. About 351.70 Ha. area is free from
restriction and the mining is proposed in this area only. Mining is proposed in all the revenue villages. It
is proposed to work on all the Ghats simultaneously. The entire district is distributed in 7 stretches (one
stretch for each River) and total of 59 Ghats (The list of river wise ghats is enclosed as Annexure VI).
Working days have been taken as 300 days per annum. The detail of production proposed for five years
is as follows:
Table 2.8: Summary of Year wise Production from different River Stretches (Tons/annum)*
S. No. River Stretch 1st Year 2
nd Year 3
rd Year 4
th Year 5
th Year
1. Sankari River 5,20,000 6,24,000 7,48,800 8,98,560 10,78,200
2. Khuri River 3,00,000 3,60,000 4,32,000 5,18,400 6,22,080
3. Nati River 70,000 84,000 1,00,800 1,20,960 1,45,100
4. Tillaiya River 2,20,000 2,64,000 3,16,800 3,80,160 4,56,180
5. Dhanarjay River 3,00,000 3,60,000 4,32,000 5,18,400 6,22,080
6. Panchane River 5,20,000 6,24,000 7,48,800 8,98,560 10,78,260
7. Dhadhar River 70,000 84,000 1,00,800 1,20,960 1,45,100
Total 20,00,000 24,00,000 28,80,000 34,56,000 41,47,000
*Source: Mining Plan
2.9.5 Life of Mine
It is presumed that the mineral will be replenished every year during the rainy season. New mineral will
be added every year in the river bed. The present reserves are sufficient for 5 years at the proposed rate of
production.
2.10 MINING METHOLOGY
Mining activity will be carried out by open cast semi-mechanized method.
No overburden/ waste material will be produced in river bed. No drilling/ blasting are required as
the material is loose in nature.
Light weight excavators will be used for loading of mineral in tippers.
Proper benching of 3.0 m height will be maintained and width of the bench will be around 20 m.
The benches shall be maintained in the form of slices/strips parallel to the banks of river.
Mining activities will be carried out in a manner so that there is no obstruction to the movement
of water flow, if any, during rainy season.
Roads will be properly made and sprayed by water for suppression of dust.
Roads in the mining area for the movement of loaded trippers/ trucks will not have slopes more
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 38 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
than 1 in 20.
Extraction activities will start in the blocks from the upstream side to downstream side. This will
not obstruct the movement of water, if any, during monsoon period in the river course.
In case during any period, the replenishment was found less than 3 m or depth of exaction, the
mining during said period would restrict to depth which would not be more than 3 m of the
original level of the river bed.
Figure 2.10 Process Flow Chart of Mining of Sand
2.10.1 Proposed Method of Mining
Mining activity will be carried out by open cast mechanized method.
Light weight excavators/JCB will be deployed for extraction.
No over burden/ waste material will be produced in river bed.
No drilling/ blasting are required as the material is loose in nature.
Proper benching of 3.0 m height will be maintained.
Roads will be properly made and sprayed by water for suppression of dust.
Roads in the mining area for the movement of loaded trippers/ trucks will not have slopes more than
1 in 20.
Extraction activities will start in the blocks from the upstream side to downstream side. This will not
obstruct the movement of water, if any, during monsoon period in the river course.
2.10.2 Conceptual Plan of Mining
Mine lease area will be worked in blocks for ease of operation. However, as the digging depth will be
restricted to 3.0 m only, material will still be available below. This will be further replenished during
rainy season. Blocks will be worked systematically as the width is limited while length is much more. As
the lease period is only 5 years, some of the area will be left un-worked at the end of lease period.
2.11 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION
This is a new mining contract. Following equipments are proposed to be deployed for the desired
production.
Excavation of Balu/Sand from River Bed
Loading
Transportation to Local Market
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 39 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 2.9: List of Machinery
S. No. Name of machinery Capacity Nos.
1. JCB/Excavator 0.9 m3-1.3 m
3 18
2 Tippers/ Trucks 25 tons 90 (hire basis)
3 Water Tanker 5000 liters 4
4 Light vehicles /Jeep -- 4
5 Maintenance van 2
Table 2.10: Fuel Consumption
S. No. Machine Details of Diesel requirements Consumption of
Diesel (in ltr.)
1. Dumper (Considering diesel consumption by the dumper is 3 km/ L)
Total Diesel consumption 90 Dumper = 50 x 90 = 4500 L.
4500
2. JCB Diesel consumption 12 L/Hr
working of 10 Hr diesel consumption = 12 x 10 x 18 = 2160 L.
2160
3. Water Tankers Diesel consumption 30 L/Hour x10 x 4=1200 1200
5. Light Vehicles Diesel consumption 5 L/Hour x 10 x4=200 L 200
6. Maintenance Van Diesel Consumption 10 L/hr x 10 x2=200 L. 200
Total Diesel requirements per day 8260
2.12 TRANSPORTATION
Mineral Sand will be transported by trucks. Loaded trucks will travel on Kuccha road made for plying of
trucks. No. of such temporary road will provide access to the river bed and the movement of loaded
trucks. As the lease area located in a number of villages, working will be carried out in number of
villages. Each village has its outlet meeting the tar road on the nearby villages and from where the
mineral is sent to various destinations. Similarly, mineral will be transported on the other side through
approach roads which finally merge with tar roads for final destinations.
2.13 MINE DRAINAGE
It is a river bed mining project. The total lease area is located in the rivers catchments/watershed area.
There will be no intersection of water table as working will be carried out upto 3.0 m depth only from
surface of river bed while the water level is 8-10 m below the surface of river bed.
2.13 WASTE GENERATION
There will be no Over burden or waste generation as the sand is exposed in the riverbed. But, at the
later stage if any soil or waste is obtained during mining the same will be stored with proper protection
and will be used for reclamation (plantation). This type of soil or alluvium if any will be used to
strengthen the river banks also.
2.14 USE OF MINERAL
Deposit is moderate to good quality Sand. It is widely used in construction, buildings, bridges and other
infrastructure. It is free from clay and non sticky in nature.
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 40 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
2.15 LAND USE PATTERN OF MINING AREA
Land use pattern will be as follows:
Table 2.11: Land use Pattern of Mining Area at Various Stages
S. No. Particulars Present land
use (Ha.)
At the end of
5th
Year (Ha.)
1. Safety zone
Bridge and anicuts roads, 7.5m
lease boundary, 25% restricted
area of river banks.
25.00 25.00
2. Infrastructure (Office, Temp. shelter etc. in
safety zone).
0.00 0.50*
3. Mineral Storage 0.00 0.00
4. Available for mining 377.98 0.00
5. Naturally reclaimed area - 377.98
Total 402.98 402.98 * Plantation and infrastructure in safety zone only.
2.16 UTILITIES AND SITE FACILITIES
2.16.1 Water Requirement
Total water requirement for the mining project is 36.0 KLD. The requirement of water for the project will
be as under:
Figure 2.11: Water Balance
Note: Water requirement is fulfilled through hired Tankers. Therefore there is no need of clearance from the
competent authority as there will be no ground water withdrawal by the project proponent.
2.16.2 Man Power
There will be requirement of around 133 Technical and other supervisory staff for this mining project.
The details are given as follows:
Table 2.12: Employment Details
S. No. Category Numbers 1. Manager 1
st class 1
2. Assistant managers 4 3. Foreman/Mates 8 4. Skilled personnel 20 5. Semi-skilled personnel 90 6. Unskilled 11
Total 133
Total Water Requirement
(36.0 KLD)
Dust Suppression
(25.0 KLD)
Domestic
(4.0 KLD)
Plantation
(7.0 KLD)
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 41 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
2.16.3 Power
All the activities will be carried out in a semi-mechanized manner. The material will be excavated and
loaded directly into, dumpers tractors-trolley etc by the diesel run excavator cum loaders. The operation
will be done only from sun rise to sun set. So there is no power requirement of power for the mining
activity.
2.16.4 Infrastructure/Site Services
The workers are mostly locals living in the close proximity of area and will work in shifts during day time
only thus there is no requirement of major infrastructural facilities at the site. The following infrastructure
facilities will be made available for the workers.
a. Manager’s Office
A competent Manager and 2 numbers of assistant Managers (At least one for each quarry) will be
required to supervise the mining operations. An office for Manager 5 x 3 meters shall be provided at the
central location of each quarry. An additional room for other supervisory staff is also proposed at each
mine.
b. Canteen -cum-rest shelter
In order to provide the rest shelter for the workers working in the mine and also to provide tea etc. the
arrangement shall be made to install a rest shelter-cum-canteen at each quarry and shall be utilized by the
workers. The rest shelter will be for having rest during the lunch hours by the workers/ labor. The size of
rest shelter shall be about 20 x 5 meter to accommodate the workers.
c. First Aid Facility
To provide the first aid for any sort of injuries encountered during the mining operation, one small first
aid room shall be provided at each sub block. First aid kit and sufficient stock of material/medicines
needed for first aid shall be provided as per requirement. As the Mining Engineer/Manager and Mining
Mates are qualified first aides, they can provide first aid to the labor on the spot.
d. Crèche
If women workers are employed, arrangement for a small crèche shall be made as per the requirement.
e. Water and Electricity Supply
The water supply for drinking purpose proposed will be made available by hired tanker. Electric
connection will be got connected for office and security purpose.
2.17 STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS AND LITIGATION
2.17.1 Statutory Obligations
It is accepted that effective resource management cannot be done in isolation. The proponent therefore
vigorously pursues approaches towards coordination and integration where possible, so as to lead to
coordinated regulatory systems. Various acts dealing with matters relating to the conservation and
protection of the environment and which a holder of a mining project must also take cognizance of include
Mining of Balu/ Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 42 (Chapter-2)
Final EIA/EMP Report
inter alia, the following:
EIA Notification, 2006 under EPA Act.
The Mines Act, 1952.
Bihar Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 2014.
The Mines and Mineral (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957.
Mines Rules, 1955.
Mineral Concession Rules, 1960.
Mineral Conservation and Development Rules, 1988.
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980.
2.17.2 Litigation
There is no court case against this project. The Project Proponent has not filed any court case against
any department neither he is a party in any case.
2.18 SUMMARY
The proposed project is for mining of Sand (Minor Mineral) by open cast semi-mechanized method in
over an area of 402.98 Ha. by M/s. Jai Mata Dee Enterprises throughout all the balu ghats of district
Nawada, Bihar with proposed production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of Sand (Minor Mineral). The
district experiences severe cold during winter whereas on the other hand in summer it is very hot. The
average annual rainfall in Nawada district is 1037 mm. The project site falls under seismic zone III which
is a high damage risk zone (MSK VII-IX). About 73.63 percent of the geographical area of North Bihar is
considered to be prone to floods. Bihar often faces drought situation of different scales/levels that
intrinsically lead to famine situations. The total geological reserve is 2,41,78,800 Tons and total mineable
reserve is 2,11,06,320 Tons. Mine lease area will be worked in benches and the digging depth will be
restricted to 3.0 m only. This will be further replenished during rainy season. Mineral Sand will be
transported by trucks. The deposit is moderate to good quality sand. It is widely used in construction,
buildings, bridges and other infrastructure. It is free from clay and non sticky in nature. Total water
requirement for the project is 36 KLD. Total man power requirement for the project is 133. The site
facilities like canteen, rest-shelter, first aid facility, water and electricity supply etc. will be provided as
per requirement. There is no litigation pending against this project.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069 Final EIA Page | 43 (Chapter-3)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER- 3
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
(TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)
3.0 INTRODUCTION
Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of EIA process. During the
scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered or refined, either directly or by
reference to the key issues identified. A comparison of alternatives help to determine the best
method of achieving the project objectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the
most environmentally friendly and cost effective options.
3.1 ALTERNATIVE FOR MINE LEASE
Sand (minor mineral) deposits are site specific. It is present in inside riverbed (402.98 Ha.). The
mining of the material will be done by opencast semi-mechanized method inside riverbed. The
mining will be done as per laid down procedures Bihar Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking,
Transportation of Minerals and Prevention of Illegal Mining Rules, 1972. No over burden from
inside riverbed block will be produced. Therefore, no alternate site is suggested as the mineral is
site specific.
3.2 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER PARAMETERS
Some alternatives considered during EIA study are discussed below:
Table 3.1: Alternative for Technology and other Parameters
S.
No.
Particular Alternative
Option 1
Alternative
Option 2
Remarks
1. Technology Opencast
semi
mechanized
and
mechanized
mining.
Opencast
mechanized
mining.
Opencast semi-mechanized for
riverbed and opencast mechanized in
outside riverbed block is preferred
Benefits:
No electric power requirement
Minimal noise will be generated
Minimal air pollution will be
generated.
2. Employment Local
employment
Outsource
employment
Local employment is preferred.
Benefits:
Provides employment to local people
along with financial benefits
No residential building/housing is
required.
3. Labourer
transportation
Public
transport
Private
transport
Local labours will be deployed so
they will either reach mine site by
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069 Final EIA Page | 44 (Chapter-3)
Final EIA/EMP Report
bicycle or by foot.
Benefits:
Cost of transportation of men will be
negligible.
4. Material
transportation
Public
transport
Private
transport
Material will be transported through
trucks/trolleys on the contract basis
Benefits:
It will give indirect employment.
5. Water
requirement
Tanker
supplier
Ground
water/surfac
e water
supply
Tanker supply will be preferred.
Benefits:
No change in the surface water or
ground water quality.
6. Road Haul road Metallic
road
Haul road will be considered for
linking mine site from metallic road
for transportation purpose.
Minimum distance will be measured
along with less number of trees for
considering optimum haul road roots.
Benefits:
Less distance, less fuel used,
minimum or negligible no. of trees
will be cut in best opted haul road
root.
3.3 SUMMARY
We have analyzed all the option for alternatives of the proposed mine site. This project is sand
specific project and existing land use of mine lease classified as River Body which will continue to
be so even after the current mining project is over, hence no alternate site is suggested for this
project.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069 Final EIA Page | 45 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-4
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 4.0 GENERAL
The main objectives of describing the environment, which may be potentially affected, are (i) to
assess present environmental quality and the environmental impacts and (ii) to identify
environmentally significant factors that could preclude Mine development. This chapter gives an idea
and description of environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent
environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius of the mine lease area. Baseline data has
been collected out during the Pre-monsoon Season, 2015 (1st March to 31
th May, 2015) by M/s.
Vardan Environlab, Gurgaon [MoEF&CC recognized and NABL Accredited Lab, Certificate
No. T-2629 (Certificate enclosed as Annexure VII)] in accordance with the Guidelines for EIA
issued by the Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change, Govt. of India and CPCB, New
Delhi. The impact identification always commences with the collection of baseline data such as
Ambient Air Quality, Micro-Meteorology, Ground and Surface Water Quality, Noise levels, Soil
Quality, Land use pattern, Biological Environment and Socio-economic aspects within the study zone
of 10 km. radius. Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest IMD station, Gaya was also
collected. Micrometeorological data at site was recorded using automatic weather station. Apart from
these, secondary data have been collected from Census Handbook, Revenue Records, Statistical
Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries Centre, Forest Department,
Central Ground Water Authority, etc. The generation of primary data as well as collection of
secondary data and information from the site and surroundings was carried out during pre monsoon
season.
The EIA study is being done for the Mine Lease (core zone) and area within 10 Km distance from
mine lease boundary (buffer zone), both of which together comprise the study area. The following
data, through field survey and other sources, has been collected by Vardan Environet, for preparing
the EIA/EMP for the proposed mining area with related facilities.
Physical environment (Air, Water, Soil and Noise) baseline data.
Relevant meteorological data, for previous decades from Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD) and primary data.
Land use pattern within core zone and buffer zone (10 Km distance around the core zone)
based on Survey of India Toposheet map, ground truth and satellite image.
Identification of water bodies, hills, roads etc. within 10 Km radius.
Eco-sensitive places, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves within 10 Km radius.
Religious places / historical monuments and tourist places within 10 Km radius.
Details of fauna and flora within a distance of 10 Km from the project site and information
about forests, if any.
Demography and Socio-economic based on last available Census data for entire study area.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 46 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Major industries within 10 Km radius.
Study of present environmental protection and mitigation measures in nearby operating
similar projects, if any.
4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT
Area statistics of land use classes has been generated within 10 Km radius of mine lease area (Core
zone and Buffer zone) and given in Table 4.1.
4.1.1 Data Used
Indian Remote Sensing satellite IRS-P6, LISS III, multi-spectral digital data has been used for the
preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000
scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric correction of satellite data.
Ground truth has been carried out to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely
sensed data, by enabling verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the
information, which cannot be obtained directly on satellite imagery.
4.1.2 Methodology
The methodology used for the study consists of following components
(i) Base Map Preparation
Base map was prepared using Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000 scale. Interpreted thematic
details were transferred on the base map. Besides, other supporting data like project reports and
statistical data published by various Government departments have also been used.
(ii) Ground Truth Data Collection
Ground data on geo-environmental components of the study area was collected for verification of
information about the different features on the study areas, which are responsible for the occurrence
of specific spectral reflectance behavioral patterns. During the ground truth detailed information on
agricultural practices, wastelands, mining, industrial area etc. were collected along with other land
features.
(iii) Interpretation of Remote Sensing Data
A hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital processing for identification of
different land use /land cover classes based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern,
texture, location and association etc. An image interpretation key was developed based on such image
characteristics, which enables interpretation of satellite images for land use/land cover features.
Further, the land use / land cover and other baseline layers was put in GIS database for integration,
analysis, statistics generation and final out in the form of land use land cover map.
4.1.3 Observation of Land Use Study
In the present study, both digital image processing and using visual interpretation technique were
used to generate output of Land use / Land cover map of study area on 1: 50,000 scale. A standard
False Colour Composite (FCC) image has also been generated on the same scale (Figure 4.2).
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 47 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area
Landuse Area (Hectares) % Area
Water Body 6186.33 1.65 Fallow land 33891.65 9.05
Dense Forest 82569.99 22.04 Settlements 3838.25 1.02 Agriculture 105408.98 28.14 Open Scrub 10843.70 2.89
Pasture 85884.68 22.93 Barren land 39218.00 10.47
River Bank/Sand 6758.01 1.80 Total Area 374599.59 100.00 %
(Source: Land use map)
4.1.3.1 Observation of the LULC Data
The study area of the buffer zone mainly comprises of Government land (Gair Mumkin Nadi
Nallah) with 28.14% of area falling as agriculture land and 9.05 % as Fallow land.
4.1.4 Topography
The Nawada District comprises of two distinct landscapes i.e Plain land of North and the hilly area of
the south. 45% comes under the plain land which is used for agricultural purposes.
4.1.5 Drainage
The drainage pattern of the study area is discussed in Chapter 2.
4.1.6 Conclusion
Remote Sensing data provides real time information pertaining to aspects of Land use and Land
Cover. Precise quantitative information could be extracted about existing land use and land cover in
context to spatial dimension. Integration of various data layers gives proper understanding of the
problem. The analysis and discussion indicates that the mine lease area is river bed/sand. The study
area mainly comprises of agriculture land.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069 Final EIA Page | 48 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.1: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area (10 Km Radius from the Mine Site)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 49 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.2: FCC Map of the Study Area (10 Km Radius from the Mine Site)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 50 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
4.2 METEOROLOGY
Meteorology is the key to understand the air quality. The essential relationship between meteorological
condition and atmospheric dispersion involves the wind in the broadest sense. Other factors such as
variation in temperature, humidity etc. also plays a direct role in dispersion and dilution of pollutants.
Wind fluctuations over a wide range of time, accomplish dispersion and strongly influence other
processes associated with them. This section makes a comparative analysis of the meteorological data
of the study area collected by project team in 2015. The data used for the purpose are the 90 years
average IMD data from 1901 to 2000 taken from Meteorological Station, Gaya.
4.2.1 Climate of the Area
The climate of the district is sub-tropical to sub-humid in nature. The district experiences severe cold
during winter whereas on the other hand in summer it is very hot. The summer starts from the mid of
March and it continues up to mid of June, after that monsoon starts and it continues up to mid of
October. The nights are generally hot from the end of May till the first break of monsoon. The climate
is generally hot and dry, the winter temperature ranges from 16°C to as low as 4°C whereas during the
summer the mercury shoots to 46°C. During rainy season it becomes cooler and temperature drops to
35°C to 25° C. The minimum temperature is recorded in the month of January. The monthly maximum
and minimum temperature is given in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2: Monthly Average Temperatures as per IMD
Months Mean Temperature (°C)
Max Min
January 23.8 10.0
February 26.9 12.6
March 33.4 17.7
April 38.8 23.3
May 40.8 26.7
June 38.1 27.6
July 33.4 26.1
August 32.4 25.7
September 32.6 25.3
October 31.9 21.6
November 28.7 14.8
December 24.8 10.3
Average 32 20
Source: Climatological Table – 1901 to 2000, IMD, Gaya, Bihar
4.2.2 Rainfall of the Area
Monsoon sets sometimes in the third week of June and it lasts till the end of September. The average
annual rainfall in Nawada district is 1037 mm. The average mean annual rainfall of the area (March-
May) is 13.5 mm. The 98years average monthly rainfall data is furnished in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3: Monthly Average Rainfalls as per IMD
Months Average Monthly Rainfall (mm)
January 20.1
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 51 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
February 19
March 11.7
April 7.5
May 21.3
June 137.3
July 313.9
August 327.6
September 205.7
October 52.6
November 10
December 3.6
Monthly Average 94.2
Source: Climatological Table – 1901 to 2000, IMD, Bhagalpur, Bihar
4.2.3 Meteorological status at the Project Site
Meteorology of the study area plays an important role in the air pollution studies. The prevailing micro
metrology conditions at the mine lease area will regulate the dispersion and dilution of air pollutants in
the atmosphere. The predominant wind directions and wind speed will decide the direction and distance
of the most affected zone from the proposed activity. The meteorological data collected during the
monitoring period is very useful in interpretation of baseline as input for dispersion models for
predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLC).
4.2.3.1 Meterological Data Recorded At Mine Site
A temporary Weather Monitoring Station has been installed at the site and temperature, relative
humidity, wind direction, wind speed, and rainfall were recorded for pre-monsoon season.
Climatology during study period (Pre-Monsoon Season) (1st March, 2015 to 31
th May, 2015)
Table 4.4: Summary of the Site Specific Meteorological Data
Months Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Average Wind Speed (m/S) Max Min Max Min
March, 2015 32.0 18 43.2 19.7 2.5 April, 2015 34.0 22.2 38.0 18.4 3.4 May, 2015 44.0 24 64 22 3.1
Source: On- site monitoring by Vardan Enviro Lab
The average maximum temperature recorded during the study period was 44.0 °C (May) and the
minimum average was 18 °C (March). The average maximum RH for the study area was 64.0 % (May)
while the minimum average was 19.7% (April). The average wind speed recorded was in the range of
2.5-3.1 m/s.
4.2.4 Wind Pattern
Wind speed and wind direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the
influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the collected meteorological data,
relative percentage frequencies of different wind directions are calculated and plotted as wind roses of
Sixteen directions viz., N, NNE, NE, ENE, E, ESE, SE, SSE, S, SSW, SW, WSW, W, WNW, NW and
NNW for twenty four hour duration respectively. Maximum and minimum temperatures including
percentage relative humidity were recorded simultaneously.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 52 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Wind speed and direction are recorded at site on hourly basis. The predominant over all wind patterns
for the study period is from West to East. Average Wind speed during this period was 1.3 m/s. The
wind rose diagram is shown in Figure 4.3.
Figure 4.3: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area
4. 3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 Km radius around the lease area forms the
baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved
roads, domestic fuel burning, vehicular traffic, agricultural activities, other industries, etc. The prime
objective of baseline air quality monitoring is to assess existing air quality of the area. This will also be
useful in assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operations.
4.3.1 Selection of Sampling Station
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through scientifically designed Ambient
Air Quality Network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has
been based on the following considerations:
a) Representation of ML area.
b) Representation of the down wind direction and cross-sectional distribution.
c) Representation of residential areas.
d) Representation of regional background levels.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 53 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
e) Representation of sensitive receptor.
f) Meteorological conditions (wind direction and wind speed)
g) Topography of the study area
Keeping in view above mentioned points, 15 nos. of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations were
established with in the study area. The sampling locations and their distances are shown in Table 4.5
and in Figure 4.4.
Table 4.5: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sampling Stations
Station Sampling Location Coordinates Aerial distance (km) and
direction from Mine Site Latitude Longitude
A1 Wazirganj 24°47'59.36"N 85°13'53.59"E West, Upwind
A2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River
Stretch) 24°56'6.40"N 85°25'34.01"E Core Zone
A3 Mine Site (Tilaiya River Stretch,
near Village Ora) 24°54'17.05"N 85°24'28.19"E Core Zone
A4 Village Giriak 25°1'40.09"N 85°31'18.36"E North, Crosswind
A5 Village Balwa 25°0'45.52"N 85°38'14.56"E East, Downwind
A6 Nawada , Major town 24°53'11.09"N 85°32'46.9"E East, Downwind
A7 Village Roh 24°53'23.78"N 85°40'32.59"E East, Downwind
A8 Village Siur 24°49'1.70"N 85°40'14.01"E Downwind, PF boundary
A9 Mine Site (Khuri River stretch,
near village Akbarpur) 24°44'52.54"N 85°33'6.45"E Core Zone
A10 Mine Site (Dhanarjey River
Stretch, near village Saldapur) 24°46'32.41"N 85°27'43.34"E Core Zone
A11 Village Sirdala 24°39'28.33"N 85°24'34.98"E South, Crosswind
A12 Village Rajauli 24°38'58.12"N 85°29'53.91"E PF boundary, near railway line
A13 Village Nawadih 24°50'51.17"N 85°47'15.78"E West, Upwind
A14 Mine Site (Nati River stretch
near Ipakwa village) 24°51'54.28"N 85°51'4.23"E Core Zone
A15 Village Baladih 24°54'27.38"N 85°55'27.61"E Downwind, PF boundary
4.3.2 Parameters Monitored
At each Monitoring Station, Particulate Matter (PM10) and (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen
Dioxide (NO2) are monitored. The sampling has been carried out for 2 days in a week for one season to
assess the current status of Ambient Air Quality as per CPCB Guidelines. The Maximum and Minimum
values for all sampling stations are shown in Table 4.7.
4.3.3 Sampling and Analytical Techniques and Instruments Used for Sampling
The various instruments used and technique adopted for sampling is given in table below:
Table 4.6: Techniques Used for Determining Various Air Quality Parameters
Parameters Testing Procedure PM 2.5 Gravimetric Method by using Fine particulate matter sampler (FPS) PM 10 Gravimetric Method by using Repairable particulate matter sampler “Repairable Dust
Sampler” (RDS) NO2 Absorption in diluted NaOH and then estimated calorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N (I-
Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen Peroxide (IS: 5182 1975, Part-
VI). SO2 Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloromercurate followed by Colorimetric estimation using P-
Rosaniline hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182 Part – II, 2001). Free Silica Colorimetric method by Spectrophotometer.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 54 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.4: Key plan of Air Monitoring Stations
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 55 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 4.7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results
Station PM10 PM2.5 NO2 SO2
Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
A1 70.2 26.6 37.5 26 30 21.3 17.9 10.5
A2 70.3 55.2 36.1 29.8 31.5 20.1 17.4 9.9
A3 70.1 60.7 36.5 24.2 28.8 17.9 15 8.3
A4 68.6 57.8 39.3 31.6 31.6 19.1 18.6 10.4
A5 76.1 56 40.9 30.9 39.5 20.2 19.9 10.3
A6 71 58.4 35.4 28.8 30.1 20.1 19.8 14.3
A7 74.8 65.4 35.6 30.1 28.5 20.7 19.2 13.3
A8 67.2 60.6 33 27.6 25.5 16.4 16.7 8.2
A9 65 56 35 25 22 18.5 17.6 8.5
A10 70.1 55.4 40 30 27.8 17.6 15.4 9.2
A11 68.8 55.4 35.1 30 26.1 18 13.9 8.9
A12 67 55.1 32.9 27.2 29.8 20.2 15.9 8.8
A13 60.6 50.9 35 25 22 18.5 12 7.7
A14 71 60.3 38.3 27.8 29 21.9 16.4 9.8
A15 69.7 58.3 40.9 30.8 33.1 19.8 18.6 12.1
Table 4.8: Mineralogical composition of free Silica in PM10*
Station PM10
(µg/m3)
Free Silica
(% in PM10)
Ca
(µg/m3)
Mg
(µg/m3)
Ni
(ng/m3)
Pb
(µg/m3)
A1 68.2 2.8 1.26 0.54 <0.5 0.1
A2 63.5 2.5 1.04 0.45 <0.5 0.09
A3 63.2 2.9 0.99 0.77 <0.5 0.07
A4 65.6 2.3 1.03 0.42 <0.5 0.06
A5 65.9 2.7 1.25 0.52 <0.5 <0.02
A6 59.8 2.6 1.03 0.45 <0.5 0.07
A7 66.4 2.8 1.21 0.61 <0.5 0.04
A8 59 2.4 1.01 0.36 <0.5 0.04
A9 61.9 2.9 1.32 0.4 <0.5 0.07
A10 57.8 1.8 0.71 0.28 <0.5 0.05
A11 65 2.7 1.07 0.6 <0.5 0.08
A12 59.8 2.4 1.02 0.32 <0.5 0.09
A13 51.9 1.9 0.52 0.42 <0.5 0.04
A14 60.3 2.8 1.14 0.47 <0.5 0.07
A15 59.4 2.1 1.14 0.11 <0.5 <0.02
Figure 4.5: PM10 Concentration in µg/m3
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Limit Max. Min. 98%ile
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 56 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.6: PM2.5 Concentration in µg/m3
Figure 4.7: NO2 Concentration in µg/m3
Figure 4.8: SO2 Concentration in µg/m3
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Limit Max. Min. 98%ile
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Limit Max. Min. 98%ile
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Limit Max. Min. 98%ile
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 57 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.9: Range of Free Silica (% in PM10)
4.3.4 Interpretation
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10 for all the 15 AAQM stations
were found to be from 26.6 g/m3 to 76.1 g/m
3 respectively and the concentrations of PM2.5 for all the
15 AAQM stations were found to be from 24.2 g/m3 to 40.9 g/m
3. As far as the gaseous pollutants
SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit of 80 g/m3 for residential and rural areas has
never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of NO2 were found to be from 16.4 g/m3 to 39.5
g/m3 respectively. The concentrations of SO2 were found to be from 7.7 g/m
3 to 19.9 g/m
3
respectively. The range of free Silica was found to be from 1.8 % to 2.9 %. Detailed Air Monitoring
Lab report is attached as Annexure VIII and the standards of Ambient Air Quality in India are
available online at http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php.
4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Noise in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness
distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in
a single number, the response of an average human being to a complex sound made up various
frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and heavily favored of those scales is the A
weighted decibel (dBA). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been
designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The main
objective of the noise level monitoring is to assess the background noise levels in different zones viz.,
industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones within the study area. Noise levels were measured
in residential areas, bus stands and other settlements located within 10 Km radius around the site.
4.4.1 Noise Analysis within the Study Area
The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using 4012 Maxtech sound level meter. The
instrument was calibrated with a Standard Acoustic calibrator before using in the field. The
measurements were carried out continuously fir the 24-hour period to obtain hourly equivalent sound
pressure level, 1 hour Leq. From these values, day and night time as well as 24-hour Leq values were also
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Free Silica (% in PM10)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 58 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
calculated. The Leq value is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same
sound energy as the fluctuating sound measured in the same period.
4.4.2 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station
Noise levels are more annoying in the night time particularly in the residential areas. The environmental
impact of noise can have several effects varying from annoyance to hearing loss depending on loudness
of noise levels. The monitoring for noise levels were done in 15 locations keeping considering the
population and traffic of the area. The locations are depicted in Table 4.9 and levels recorded stated in
Table 4.10.
Table 4.9: Noise Monitoring Sampling Stations
Station Sampling Location Coordinates
Latitude Longitude
N1 Wazirganj 24°47'59.36"N 85°13'53.59"E
N2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River Stretch) 24°56'6.40"N 85°25'34.01"E
N3 Mine Site (Tilaiya River Stretch, near Village Ora) 24°54'17.05"N 85°24'28.19"E
N4 Village Giriak 25°1'40.09"N 85°31'18.36"E
N5 Village Balwa 25°0'45.52"N 85°38'14.56"E
N6 Nawada , Major town 24°53'11.09"N 85°32'46.9"E
N7 Village Roh 24°53'23.78"N 85°40'32.59"E
N8 Village Siur 24°49'1.70"N 85°40'14.01"E
N9 Mine Site (Khuri River stretch, near village Akbarpur) 24°44'52.54"N 85°33'6.45"E
N10 Mine Site (Dhanarjey River Stretch, near village
Saldapur) 24°46'32.41"N 85°27'43.34"E
N11 Village Sirdala 24°39'28.33"N 85°24'34.98"E
N12 Village Rajauli 24°38'58.12"N 85°29'53.91"E
N13 Village Nawadih 24°50'51.17"N 85°47'15.78"E
N14 Mine Site (Nati River stretch near Ipakwa village) 24°51'54.28"N 85°51'4.23"E
N15 Village Baladih 24°54'27.38"N 85°55'27.61"E
Table 4.10: Noise Levels in Study Area
S. No. Category Of
Zone
Average Day Time
Noise Level Leq DB (A)
Average Night Time
Noise Level Leq DB (A)
N1 Residential 53.15 42.60
N2 Industrial 54.26 44.48
N3 Industrial 56.10 43.20
N4 Residential 53.60 42.15
N5 Residential 51.80 42.60
N6 Residential 54.50 46.20
N7 Residential 52.82 43.10
N8 Residential 52.50 41.25
N9 Industrial 54.20 43.40
N10 Industrial 55.10 45.20
N11 Residential 52.40 42.30
N12 Residential 54.20 43.50
N13 Residential 53.20 42.10
N14 Industrial 51.80 40.10
N15 Residential 50.28 42.27
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 59 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.10: Noise Monitoring Result
4.4.3 Interpretation
Ambient noise levels were measured at 15 locations around the proposed project site. The noise level
varies from 40.1 to 56.1 Leq dB during day time and during night time. Maximum and minimum noise
levels recorded during the day time were from 56.1 Leq dB and 51.8 Leq dB respectively and maximum
and minimum level of noise during night time were 46.2 Leq dB and 40.1 Leq dB respectively. Thus
noise levels at all locations were observed to be within the prescribed limits.
Noise Quality data attached as Annexure IX and the Ambient Air Quality Standard in respect of Noise
is available online at http://cpcb.nic.in/divisionsofheadoffice/pci2/noise_rules_2000.pdf.
From the above study and discussions it can be concluded that noise levels in the study area are well
within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the CPCB and State Pollution Control Board.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14 N15
Average Day Time Noise Level Leq dB (A) Average Night Time Noise Level Leq dB (A)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 60 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.11: Key plan of Noise Monitoring Station
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 61 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT
4.5.1 Surface Water
The district of Nawada does not have any important perennial river. Those, which are worthy of
mention, are the Sankri, Panchane, Khuri, Nati, Dhanerjey, Tilaiya and Dhadhar river. The beds of
these rivers are shallow, wide and sandy. They are ephemeral in nature and are virtually in spate during
the rainy season.
4.5.2 Ground Water Quality
In general groundwater in the district is potable and is also used for irrigation purposes. The chemical
analysis of these water samples has indicated that the ground water in the area is alkaline in nature. The
sources of potable water are the hand pumps, tube wells and dug wells in the area.
4.5.3 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station
The underground water samples were taken from the hand-pumps of the adjoining settlements. Total of
15 samples were taken. The water quality sampling locations are described in Table 4.11 and Table
4.12 and shown in Figure 4.14.
Table 4.11: Ground Water Sampling Stations
Station Sampling Location Co-ordinates
Latitude Longitude
GW1 Wazirganj 24°47'59.36"N 85°13'53.59"E
GW2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River Stretch) 24°56'6.40"N 85°25'34.01"E
GW3 Mine Site (Tilaiya River Stretch, near Village Ora) 24°54'17.05"N 85°24'28.19"E
GW4 Village Giriak 25°1'40.09"N 85°31'18.36"E
GW5 Village Balwa 25°0'45.52"N 85°38'14.56"E
GW6 Nawada , Major town 24°53'11.09"N 85°32'46.9"E
GW7 Village Roh 24°53'23.78"N 85°40'32.59"E
GW8 Village Siur 24°49'1.70"N 85°40'14.01"E
GW9 Mine Site (Khuri River stretch, near village Akbarpur) 24°44'52.54"N 85°33'6.45"E
GW10 Mine Site (Dhanarjey River Stretch, near village
Saldapur) 24°46'32.41"N 85°27'43.34"E
GW11 Village Sirdala 24°39'28.33"N 85°24'34.98"E
GW12 Village Rajauli 24°38'58.12"N 85°29'53.91"E
GW13 Village Nawadih 24°50'51.17"N 85°47'15.78"E
GW14 Mine Site (Nati River stretch near Ipakwa village) 24°51'54.28"N 85°51'4.23"E
GW15 Village Baladih 24°54'27.38"N 85°55'27.61"E
Table 4.12: Surface Water Sampling Staion
Station Sampling Location Coordinates
Latitude Longitude
SW1 Panchanan River near village Hondiya (SW1) 24°58'30.8"N 85°27'1.5"E
SW2 Tilaya River near village Bhat Bigha (SW2) 24°41'33.5"N 85°21'20.2"E
SW3 Dhanarji River near village Narhat (SW3) 24°46'54.0"N 85°25'58.9"E
SW4 Nati River near village Marwa (SW4) 24°54'57.0"N 85°46'42.8"E
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 62 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.12: Key Plan of Water Sampling Stations
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 63 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 4.13: Ground Water Analysis Result
S. No. Parameter GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10 GW11 GW12 GW13 GW14 GW15
1. pH (at 25 °C) 7.8 8.03 8.01 7.95 8.1 7.66 7.9 7.7 7.87 7.92 7.7 8.13 7.69 7.69 7.8
2. Colour (Hazen) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5
3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
4. Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
5. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
6. Total Hardness as
CaCO3 (mg/L) 230.84 313.5 310.6 352.85 280.7 302.63 323 298.63 278.1 247 410.7 410.38 310.73 274.32 376.17
7. Calcium as Ca
(mg/L) 45.67 53.31 59.33 59.02 52.83 49.27 76.15 49.38 58.28 57.11 96.25 83.42 57.11 60.91 68.4
8. Alkalinity as
CaCO3(mg/L) 389.43 407.95 328.09 427.09 306.71 290.05 427.09 310.49 343.72 318.2 398.76 390.41 358.2 350.2 340.2
9. Chloride as Cl
(mg/L) 78.9 28.79 77.2 108.53 80.29 69.8 120.51 56.1 81 78.84 88.7 77.32 64.06 80.91 78.03
10. Cyanide as CN
(mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
11. Magnesium as Mg
(mg/L) 28.4 43.86 39.5 49.95 36.17 43.66 32.32 42.62 32.24 25.39 41.44 49.14 40.88 29.73 49.94
12. Total Dissolved
Solids (mg/L) 498 407 489 625 483 534 652.1 424 478 430 605 547 468 480 515
13. Sulphate as SO4
(mg/L) 53.22 18.4 53.05 89.2 60.37 47.27 97.61 49.3 63.1 50.9 68.77 59.2 49.05 72.1 59.03
14. Fluoride as F
(mg/L) 0.78 0.72 0.78 0.8 0.75 0.68 0.68 0.73 0.62 0.72 0.8 0.76 0.59 0.58 0.8
15. Nitrate as NO3
(mg/L) 3.21 3.1 4.8 4.5 4.2 2.99 3.2 3.29 2.9 2.99 4.1 5.1 2.9 4.29 5.28
16. Iron as Fe (mg/L) 0.34 0.33 0.34 0.29 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.36 0.31 0.28 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32 0.33
17. Aluminium as Al
(mg/L) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
18. Boron (mg/L) 0.55 0.59 0.55 0.6 0.7 0.59 0.58 0.65 0.78 0.6 0.58 0.67 0.71 0.6 0.41
19. Hexachromium as
Cr+6
(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
20. Conductivity
(mS/cm) 0.837 0.682 0.821 1.1 0.812 0.897 1.13 0.712 0.801 0.722 1.12 0.917 0.786 0.806 0.863
21. Phenolic <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 64 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Note: There are more than 60 parameters as per IS 10500:2012, here 33 parameters have been analyzed as per discussed by team. IS 10500:2012
Table 4.14: Surface Water Analysis Result
S. No. Parameter SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
1. pH (at 25 °C) 8.03 8.02 7.99 7.96
2. Colour (Hazen) <5 <5 <5 <5
3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1
4. Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/L) 328.1 361.8 187.53 317.1
6. Calcium as Ca (mg/L) 59.2 81.6 42.1 92.5
7. Alkalinity as CaCO3(mg/L) 296.56 365 325.18 396
Compounds
(mg/L)
22. Mineral Oil(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
23.
Anionic
Detergents as
MBAS (mg/L)
<0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
24. Zinc as Zn (mg/L) 0.4 0.28 0.29 0.56 0.3 0.48 0.39 0.38 0.32 0.47 0.43 0.4 0.48 0.2 0.49
25. Copper as Cu
(mg/L) 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.28 0.11 0.2 0.1 0.09 0.17 0.21 0.2 0.32 0.26 <0.02 0.1
26. Manganese as Mn
(mg/L) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
27. Cadmium as Cd
(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
28. Lead as Pb (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
29. Selenium as Se
(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
30. Arsenic as As
(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
31. Mercury as Hg
(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
32. Total Coliform
(MPN/100 mL) <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
33. E. coli (mpn/100
mL) Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 65 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
8. Chloride as Cl (mg/L) 54.61 69.11 46.79 115.1
9. Residual free Chlorine (mg/L) <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20
10. Cyanide as CN (mg/L) < 0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 <0.02
11. Magnesium as Mg (mg/L) 43.83 38.44 20.04 20.97
12. Total Dissolved Solids (mg/L) 410 479 373 560
13. Total Suspended solids (mg/L) 5 9 4 2.7
14. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L) 6.7 6.2 5.9 6
15. Sulphate as SO4 (mg/L) 13.89 10.34 8.76 32.1
16. Fluoride as F (mg/L) 0.54 0.46 0.33 0.39
17. Nitrate as NO3 (mg/L) 2.73 4.18 1.98 5.1
18. Iron as Fe (mg/L) 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.19
19. Aluminium as Al (mg/L) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03
20. Boron (mg/L) 0.38 0.3 0.27 0.46
21. Chromium as Cr (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
22. Conductivity (mS/cm) 0.648 0.798 0.621 0.934
23. BOD (3 Days at 27 °C) (mg/L) 5.6 7.1 4.8 8.9
24. COD (mg/L) 15.1 18.2 10.5 20.6
25. Zinc as Zn (mg/L) 0.17 0.2 0.27 0.31
26. Copper as Cu (mg/L) 0.09 0.06 < 0.02 0.12
27. Manganese as Mn (mg/L) < 0.10 < 0.10 < 0.10 < 0.10
28. Cadmium as Cd ( mg/L) < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001
29. Phenolic Compounds (mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
30. Mineral Oil (mg/L) < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
31. Anionic Detergents (mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
4.5.4 Interpretation
Analysis results of ground water reveal the following:
Ground Water Analysis Result:-
pH varies from to 7.66 to 8.13.
Total Hardness varies from 230.84 to 410.70 mg/L.
Total Dissolved Solids varies from 407.00 to 652.10 mg/L.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 66 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Surface Water Analysis Result:
pH varies from to 7.96 to 8.30.
Total Hardness varies from 187.53 to 361.80 mg/L.
Total Dissolved Solids varies from 373.00 to 560.00 mg/L.
A review of the above chemical analysis reveals that there is some variation in chemical composition of
water tapped from different open wells, tube wells and Hand pumps but the ground water from all
sources remains suitable for drinking purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for
drinking water standards formulated by Indian Standards (IS: 10500). Water Quality data is attached as
Annexure X and Indian standard Drinking water Specification, IS 10500:2012 for water quality is
available online at http://cgwb.gov.in/Documents/WQ-standards.pdf .
4.6 TRAFFIC STUDY
Traffic study measurements were performed at NH-31, NH-80, SH-8, SH-70, SH-71, SH-82 and SH-83
to assess impact on local transport infrastructure due to this mining project. Traffic study measurements
were performed at four locations. The monitoring was performed on 6th to 20
th April, 2015 on the
following Highways:
Table 4.15: Roads and Highways in the Study Area
S. No. Name of National/State
Highway
Directions Dispatched Ratio
in Percentage Up Down
1. NH-31 To Bihar Sarif To Hazaribagh 20
2. NH-82 To Bihar Sarif To Gaya 20
3. SH-8 To Gaya To Sikandara 20
4. SH-70 To Gaya To Hazaribagh 10
5. SH-71 To Islampura To Sheikhpura 10
6. SH-82 To Barbigha To Jamui 10
7. SH-83 To Barbigha To Jamui 10
Total Mineral transported through highway 100 %
Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under
three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As traffic
densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were deployed simultaneously at each station during
each shift- one person on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour,
fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three
categories were determined. The traffic volume count survey has been done hourly.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 67 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 4.16: No. of Vehicles per Day
S. No. Vehicles
Distribution
Number of Vehicles Distribution/Day Passenger
Car Unit
(PCU)
Total Number Of Vehicle (PCU/day)
NH-31 NH-82 SH-8 SH-70 SH-71 SH-82 SH-83 NH-31 NH-82 SH-8 SH-70 SH-71 SH-82 SH-83
1. Cars 4896 4440 3360 2520 2760 2280 2352 1.0 4896 4440 3360 2520 2760 2280 2352
2. Buses 5904 5328 4032 3456 3168 2736 3096 3.0 1968 1776 1344 1152 1056 912 1032
3. Two
wheelers 8880 8700 5928 5580 5280 4320 4500 0.5 17760 17400 11856 11160 10560 8640 9000
4. Three
wheelers 3744 3456 1980 1872 1620 1980 2376 1.50 2496 2304 1320 1248 1080 1320 1584
5. Trucks 8640 8280 1800 1440 1152 720 576 3.0 2880 2760 600 480 384 240 192
Total 32064 30204 17100 14868 13980 12036 12900 30000 28680 18480 16560 15840 13392 14160
Road V (Volume in PCU/hr) C (Capacity in PCU/hr) Existing V/C Ratio LOS
NH-31 30000/24=1250 3000 0.42 C
NH-82 28680/24=1195 3000 0.40 C
SH-8 18480/24=770 1500 0.51 C
SH-70 16560/24=690 1500 0.46 C
SH-71 15840/24=660 1500 0.44 C
SH-82 13392/24=558 1250 0.45 C
SH-83 14160/24=590 1250 0.47 C
The existing level may be “GOOD” for all the highways.
V/C LOS Performance
0.0-0.2 A Excellent
0.2-0.4 B Very Good
0.4-0.6 C Good/ Average/ Fair
0.6-0.8 D Poor
0.8-1.0 E Very Poor
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 68 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.13: Road Map for Transportation of Sand
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 69 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
During Mine Operation
Total Capacity of mine : 41,47,000 MTPA
No. of working days : 300
Extraction and Transportation of mineral : 13824 Tons/day
Working hours per day : 8 hour
Truck Capacity : 25 Tonnes
Frequency of trucks deployed/day [(92 no. x 6 trips/day x 2(up/dwn)] : 1104
Frequency of trucks deployed/hr : 138
Increase in PCU/hr : 414
Table 4.17: Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS
Road Increased PCUs
(National/State Highway)
Modified V C Modified V/C
Ratio
LOS
NH-31 414 x 20% = 83 1250+83= 1333 3000 0.44 C
NH-82 414 x 20% = 83 1195+83= 1278 3000 0.42 C
SH-8 414 x 20% = 82 770+82= 852 1500 0.56 C
SH-70 414 x 10% = 42 690+42=732 1500 0.48 C
SH-71 414 x 10% = 42 660+42= 702 1500 0.46 C
SH-82 414 x 10% = 41 558+41= 599 1250 0.47 C
SH-83 414 x 10% = 41 590+41= 631 1250 0.50 C
4.6.1 Conclusion of Traffic Study
Not much impact on local transport as only 90 no. x 6 trips/day x 2 (up/down) = 1080 dumpers/day will
be required for transport of mineral from mine. The LOS value from the proposed mine will be the
same as before i.e. “C” or “Good” for the National and State highways falling in the study area. So, the
additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant
adverse affect. The details of Traffic study is attached as Annexure XI.
4.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT
4.7.1 Soil Profile of District Nawada
In Nawada district there are five types of soils. These are (i) Loam, (ii) Sandy, (iii) Clay, (iv) Sandy
loam and (v) Clay loam.
4.7.2 Soil Quality and Characteristics
The information on soils has been collected from various secondary sources and also through primary
soil sampling analysis of which is described in this section. For studying the soil profile of the region,
15 locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions around the lease area representing
various land use conditions. The concentrations of physical and chemical parameters were determined.
Quality of the soil in the area is showing a marked diversity in nature depending upon the parent rock
and climatic conditions prevailing in different parts of the district.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 70 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.14: Soil Profile of District
4.7.3 Methodology adopted for Selection of Sampling Station
Random soil samples were collected by Auger up to depth of 15 cm and homogenized samples were
then sent to the laboratory for analysis. The physical and chemical characteristics of the soil of the
study area have been assessed by analyzing various parameters as per the methods described in “Soil
Chemical Analysis” (Jackson, 1967). The soil quality of the study area has been assessed by collecting
samples from 15 different locations. Details of soil sampling locations are presented in Table 4.18 and
shown in Figure 4.17.
Table 4.18: Soil Monitoring Station Details
Station Sampling Location Coordinates
Latitude Longitude
S1 Wazirganj 24°47'59.36"N 85°13'53.59"E
S2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River Stretch) 24°56'6.40"N 85°25'34.01"E
S3 Mine Site (Tilaiya River Stretch, near Village Ora) 24°54'17.05"N 85°24'28.19"E
S4 Village Giriak 25°1'40.09"N 85°31'18.36"E
S5 Village Balwa 25°0'45.52"N 85°38'14.56"E
S6 Nawada , Major town 24°53'11.09"N 85°32'46.9"E
S7 Village Roh 24°53'23.78"N 85°40'32.59"E
S8 Village Siur 24°49'1.70"N 85°40'14.01"E
S9 Mine Site (Khuri River stretch, near village Akbarpur) 24°44'52.54"N 85°33'6.45"E
S10 Mine Site (Dhanarjey River Stretch, near village
Saldapur)
24°46'32.41"N 85°27'43.34"E
S11 Village Sirdala 24°39'28.33"N 85°24'34.98"E
S12 Village Rajauli 24°38'58.12"N 85°29'53.91"E
S13 Village Nawadih 24°50'51.17"N 85°47'15.78"E
S14 Mine Site (Nati River stretch near Ipakwa village) 24°51'54.28"N 85°51'4.23"E
S15 Village Baladih 24°54'27.38"N 85°55'27.61"E
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 71 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.15: Key Plan of Soil Sampling Station
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 72 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 4.19: Soil Analysis Result
S.No. Parameter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15
1 pH (at 25 °C) 8.39 8.03 8.32 8.1 7.98 8.42 7.9 8.31 7.98 7.8 8.1 7.98 8.27 7.7 7.88
2 Conductivity (mS/ cm) 0.35 0.14 0.18 0.43 0.44 0.58 0.31 0.39 0.15 0.11 0.34 0.4 0.38 0.16 0.36
3 Soil Texture Silty Sandy Sandy
Loam Silty
Silty
Loam Silty Silty Silty Sandy Sandy
Silty
Loam
Silty
Loam Silty Sandy Silty
4 Color Yellowish Brownish
White Brownish Yellowish Yellowish Brownish Yellowish Yellowish
Brownish
White Brownish Brownish Yellowish Yellowish
Brownish
White Yellowish
5 Water holding capacity (%) 17.59 14.32 18.43 22.81 20.81 24.1 16.3 19.88 15.38 15.21 20.91 19.8 16.2 17.22 19.61
6 Bulk density (gm/cc) 1.1 1.07 1.18 1.27 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.08 1.05 1.23 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.3 0.68
7 Chloride as Cl(mg/100g) 38.71 19.8 22.38 28.4 15.2 32.83 23.51 30.21 17.39 25.39 29.09 22.91 22.51 23.41 27.61
8 Calcium as Ca (mg/100g) 42.09 35.32 28.61 38.55 20.81 29.17 34.2 28.71 25.71 34.31 38.21 39.3 29.07 31.09 33.01
9 Sodium as Na(mg/100g) 56.32 41.5 38.11 45.92 38.1 43.61 38.22 35.1 32 38.6 49.8 35.22 32.83 39.04 45.32
10 Potassium as K(kg/ha) 92.1 78.09 81.08 97.4 90.77 100.15 89.1 98.3 72.5 77.32 96.37 89.06 78.41 70.33 93.72
11 Organic Matter (%) 0.7 0.28 0.42 0.73 0.61 0.72 0.69 0.59 0.35 0.37 0.59 0.51 0.65 0.4 0.61
12 Magnesium as Mg (mg/100g) 14.27 17.59 10.58 18.38 10.44 20.06 19.23 10.77 10.26 16.16 20.81 20.81 17.55 10.71 23
13 Available Nitrogen as N
(kg/ha) 210.5 145.1 150.5 198.52 240.5 298 210.66 190.5 165.08 151.33 290.1 216.42 240.2 138.21 205.15
14 Available Phosphorus (kg/ha) 48.75 28.11 40.1 33.4 42.6 50.31 38 50.21 40.5 37.42 47.1 39 38.61 43.22 42.69
15 Zinc as Zn (mg/100g) 4.8 2.5 1.8 5 2.9 3 4.1 3.91 4.19 4.21 4.32 4.31 3.22 4.1 5.02
16 Manganese as Mn (mg/100g) 1.22 1.5 1.08 2.19 1.92 1.2 2.19 1.2 2.3 2 1.11 2 2 2.09 2.09
17 Chromium as Cr (mg/100g) 1.05 1 1.1 1.1 1.01 1 1.3 1 1 1.72 1.05 1.39 1.2 0.98 1.4
18 Lead as Pb (mg/100g) 1 0.92 1 1 0.87 0.92 1.09 1.08 0.89 1 0.98 2.31 1 0.9 1
19 Cadmium as Cd (mg/100g) 1.35 2.03 2.02 2.3 2 1.42 2 2.01 1.15 1.53 2.5 2.98 2.1 1.2 1.12
20 Copper as Cu (mg/100g) 3.21 1.8 1.95 3.28 4.5 3.8 4 3.77 2.61 1.19 4.8 4.87 3.41 2.18 2.9
4.7.4 Conclusion of Soil Quality Monitoring
The analysis results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 7.70 to 8.42 with organic matter 0.28% to 0.73%. The concentration of
Nitrogen ranges from 138.21Kg/Ha. to 290.1 Kg/Ha. Concentration of Phosphorus ranges from 28.11 Kg/Ha. to 51.28 Kg/Ha. and concentration of
Potassium was found to be in range from 70.33 Kg/Ha. to 100.15 Kg/Ha. Soil texture is Sandy to Silty. The CPCB standard for Soil Parameters and Quality
and the Lab reports is attached as Annexure XII.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 73 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.16: Photographs of Ambient Air, Ambient Noise, Water and Soil Sampling
4.8 BASELINE STATUS FOR FLORA AND FAUNA
4.8.1 Introduction
Floristic and Faunistic pattern of the area was studied based on opportunistic survey (personal
observation), inquiries from the local people and forest officials and secondary data. The study area
falls under Nawada district of Bihar State. The biodiversity we see today is the fruit of billions of years
of evolution, shaped by natural processes. The vast array of interactions among the various components
of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all species, including humans. There is a growing
recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to present and future
generations. At the same time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is
today. Species extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting
biodiversity is in our self-interest. Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate
the impacts of development activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the
information needed to ensure that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in
development planning. Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable
development by integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 74 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
major part to play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental
planning and management (Kumar, 2014).
4.8.2 Baseline Study Area and Period
The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the
terrestrial environment of the study area (10 Km radius from the lease mine area-Refer figure 1) and it
comprises of total 61 villages in Nawada, Rajgir and Nalanda (Bihar). Some part is of the study area is
naxalites affected. The buffer area comprises of 374599.59 hectares falls in two states Bihar (Nawada,
Rajgir and Nalanda districts) and Jharkhand (Koderma district) and lease mining area is 402.98 hectares
in the district of Nawada. The study area comprises of some tourist place (Hot Springs at Rajgir),
reserve forest and protected forest (rocky terrain). The baseline study has been conducted on 9th, 10
th
and 11th May, 2015.
4.8.3 Methodology for Terrestrial Ecology
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floral and faunal communities within the study
area. The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats (Anderson,
1867; Jain and Rao, 1983). The methodology adopted for faunal survey involve random survey,
opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, faunal habitat
assessment, active search for scats and foot prints, animal call, and review of previous studies. The aim
was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commissioning of the mining activity.
Emphasis has been placed on presence of endemic species, threatened species if any present in the study
area. Desktop literature review was conducted to indentify the representative spectrum of threatened
species, population and ecological communities listed by IUCN, WCMC, ZSI, BSI and Indian Wild life
Protection Act, 1972 (Bentham and Hooker, 1862-1883; Hunter, 1879; Dixit, 1984; Ghosh et al., 2004;
Lushington, 1915; Wilson and Reeder, 1993; BirdLife International, 2000; BirdLife International,
2004a, b; Wilson and Reeder, 2005; BirdLife International, 2010; Kumar and Srivastava, 2012; Kumar,
2013; Kumar et al., 2013; Kumar and Aggarwal, 2013a,b). The status of individual species was assessed
using the revised IUCN/SSC category system (WCMC, 1988; IUCN, 1994; WCMC, 2000; IUCN, 2001,
2003, 2008, 2010). The villages covered for baseline study are given in the Table 4.20.
Table 4.20: List of Villages for Baseline study
S.No. Village Name S.No. Village Name
Nawada
1. Nawada 1. Rajauli
2. Odanpur 2. Kumbharu
3. Amipur 3. Simarkol
4. Mushari 4. Parmeshwar Bigha
5. Giriak 5. Mastan Ganj
6. Adampur 6. Bareb
7. Shahpur Dulia 7. Nimadarganj
8. Satooa 8. Akabarpur
9. Murgia Chak 9. Gogan
10. Kharat 10. Govindpur
11. Bhabriya 11. Sughadi
12. Pakariya 12. Delhua
13. Rustampura 13. Gador
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 75 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
4.8.4 Terrestrial Floral and Faunal Components of the Study Area
The area of for the present biological baseline study falls under 62 villages of 4 districts and two states.
The plantation on road side and domesticated plants in villages were scattered. The study area belongs
to almost plain without much undulation, a fallow land; hence not mush vegetation cover, except
scattered Tadi tree (Borassus flabellifer), Babool (Acacia nilotica), Khejri (Prosopis cineraria) and few
shrubs of Bilayati baool (Prosopis juliflora) as dominant vegetation. Some people are engaged in
cultivation on Tambul (Betal leaf- Piper betle) in closed cultivation system.
Figure 4.17: Aquatic Habitat of the Study Area
14. Kunjha 14. Anaula
15. Dohra Ghat 15. Mahrava
16. Budhaul 16. Kauvakol
17. Kharidi Bigha 17. Kanauli
18. Nadri Gani 18. Rupou
19. Jisin Bigha 19. Lalpur
20. Asadi Bigha 20. Badrauji
21. Hudia 21. Jamharia
22. Vanganga 22. Dhamaul
23. Rajgir 23. Belkhunda
24. Hisua 24. Aara
25. Baijnathpur 25. Kadirganj
26. Sitamarhi 26. Koniapur
27. Patauha 27. Maya Bigha
28. Narhar 28. Tapsipur
29. Beldari 29. Katna Mod
30. Padmaul Koderma (Jharkhand)
31. Sirdala 1 Meghatori
32. Bahadurpur
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 76 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.18: Terrestrial Habitat of the Study area
Most of villages in the study area are engaged in Tadi and people are depended on the same, the people
are engaged in farming of major crop viz. Wheat, Sugar cane and Paddy. Although, some villages near
to, etc. Villages are scattered in between the large patches of agriculture lands. The tree cover in the
study area is scanty restricted only in the habituated areas of the village and few along the boundary of
the agricultural fields and road sides. It was observed that most of the villages in the study area are with
large village talabs used in rain water harvesting, during the field survey, all ponds were dry.
Figure 4.19: Agriculture Land of Study Area
Figure 4.20: Non Agriculture Land of Study Area
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 77 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.21: River Bed area for sand mining
The area is occupied by 7 major rivers viz. Dhadhar River, Khuri River, Sukari River, Tiliya River,
Dhanarje River, Panchanan River and Nata River and its tributaries. These rivers are dry rivers
(seasonal). The entire northern area is agricultural while in the south, it is occupied by rocky terrain
with reserve and protected forest. There are patches of small rocks having scrub vegetation. The famers
are practicing the major crops of wheat and paddy and some part is occupied by small patches of tadi
(Borassus flabellifer). The tree species, herbs and shrubs and major crops, were documented during this
base line study. The list of floral species documented in the study area is enlisted in Table 2-6 of
Annexure XIII.
Figure 4.22: Scrub Area
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 78 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.23: Tadi tree (Borassus flabellifer)
Figure 4.24: Interaction with Villagers during EB Survey
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 79 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 4.25: Mountainous Range of Study area
4.8.5 Floral Diversity of the Study Area
The objective this floral inventory of the study area, is to provide necessary information on floristic
structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The
climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species,
which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each
region (Ohasi, 1975). The tree species, herbs, shrubs, climbers and major crops, were documented
during this base line study (Jain, 1968; 1991). The list of floral species documented in the study area is
enlisted in Table 1-4 of Annexure XIII. The tree species observed in the study area is enlisted in the
Table 1 of Annexure XIII.The undergrowth during this summer season was almost in dry state. The
shrubs observed in the study are documented in the Table 2 of Annexure XIII. Herbs and climbers in
the study area are represented in Table 3 and Table 4 respectively of Annexure XIII.
Trees: The dominant trees in the study area are Teak (Tectona grandis), Mahua (Madhuca india),
Sisam (Dalbergia sissoo), Karanj (Millettia pinnata), Azadirachta indica (Neem), Mangifera indica
(Aam), Bombax ceiba (Semal), Delonix regia (Gaulmor). Total 35 species of trees belong to 17 families
are enumerated from the study area.
Shrubs: Shrubs encountered during the present survey are given in the Table 2 of Annexure XIII.
Total 25 shrub species belong to 17 families are enumerated from the study area. The dominant shrub
community in this area was represented by Kaner (Thevetia peruviana), Prosopis juliflora (Bilayati
babool), Calotropis procera, C. gigantea (Akoda), Ipomoea fistulosa and Abutilon indicum, etc. The
shrubs observed in the study area are given in the Table 2 of Annexure XIII.
Herbs: The herbaceous cover observed in this region is given in the Table 3 of Annexure XIII. The
most of the undergrowth was dried up even most of the pond was dried during the study period. The
rain water is harvested and stored in the ponds which are used by animals and villages for various use
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 80 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
life cloth washing, bathing, etc. Bamboo was the dominant grass observed nearby almost villages’ viz.
Phyllostachys bambusoides, Phyllostachys heteroclada, Bambusa gracilis, Bambusa polymorpha,
Bambusa balcooa. Total 38 species belongs to 18 family were recorded from the study area.
Climbers and Twiners: The climbers and twiners observed along the agricultural hedges and road side
hedges of the study area are given in the table 5. Total 6 species of climbers/ twiners belongs to 3
families are recorded from the area.
Cultivated Plants in the Study Area
The prevalent cropping systems of this area are the cumulative results of past and present decisions by
individuals; these decisions are usually based on experience, tradition, expected profit, personal
preferences and resources, and so on. The crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of
this region is taken as the major crop and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this
region either as substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation
in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop.
a. Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Paddy (Oryza sativa),
Sugar cane (Saccharum officinarum), Maize (Zea mays) and Barley (Hordeum vulgare) on rotation
basis.
b. Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Mustard (Brassica campestris var.), Green gram
(Vigna radiate), Sesamum (Sesamum inicum), Pigeon Pea (Punica granatum), Lentil (Lens culinaris)
and Black Gram (Vigna mungo).
c. Major horticultural crops: Aam (Mangifera indica L.), Papaya (Carica papaya L.), Banana (Musa
Paradisiaca L.), Lime (Citrus aurantifolia), Guava (Psidium guajava), Jack-fruit (Artocarpus
heterophyllus), Jujube (Ziziphus mauritiana).
d. Major Vegetable corps: The major vegetables grown in the study area were:
1. Bitter gourd: Momordica charantia. 2. Garlic: Allium sativum
3. Bottle gourd: Lagenaria siceraria. 4. Lady’s finger: Abelmoschus esculentus.
5. Brinjal: Solanum melongena. 6. Onion: Allium cepa.
7. Cabbage: Brassica oleracea. 8. Potato: Solanum tuberosum.
9. Carrot: Daucus carota. 10. Pumpkin: Cucurbita moschata.
11. Cauliflower: Brassica oleracea. 12. Radish: Raphanus sativus.
13. Chilli: Capsicum annum. 14. Spinach: Beta olirecia.
15. Coriander: Coriandrum sativum 16. Sponge gourd: Luffa cylindrica.
17. Cucumber: Cucumis sativus 18. Tomato: Lycopersicum esculantum
e. Major Ornamental Plants: Following is the list of ornamental plants in the study area.
1. China rose: Hibiscus rosasinensis. 2. Rose: Rosa indica.
3. Chrysanthemum: Chrysanthemum americanum. 4. Jasmin: Jasminum sambac.
5. Sunflower: Helianthus annuus. 6. Stick Rose: Polyanthes tuberose.
Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area: The IUCN Red List is the world's most
comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of
criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant
to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 81 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Out of 17000 species of
higher plants known to occur in India, nearly 614 higher plant species were evaluated by IUCN. Among
them 247 species are under threatened category (IUCN, 2008).
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat category by Red
data book of Indian Plants (Jain and Sastry, 1984; Nayar and Sastry, 1987; 1988; 1990; Oldfield et al.,
1998; Kholia and Bhakuni, 2009) and Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010).
Endemic Plants of the Study Area: De Candolle (1855), Swiss botanist, first used the concept of
Endemic, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted
distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological or
temporal barriers. Out of 17000 species of known flowering plants of India nearly 5000 species are said
to be endemic. Nearly 58 genera and 1932 taxa are found to be endemic to peninsular India (Nayar,
1980; Ahmedullah and Nayar, 1986; 1987; Jain 1992; Nayar, 1996; Vijaya Shankar et al., 2005;
Nautiyal et al., 2009a,b; Shendage et al., 2010). Among recorded plant species none can be assigned
the status of endemic plant of this region.
Status of the Forest, Their Category in Study Area:
The list of Forests present in the study area which is as follows with areal distance from mine lease
boundary:
i. Ghorakatora PF - 0.3 Km North ii. Galwati PF - 8.5 Km East
iii. Rajgir PF - 0.8 Km North iv. Bijwania PF - 9.0 Km East
v. Jethlan PF - 5.5 Km North-west vi. Hardi PF - 8.0 Km West
vii. Shrirampur PF - 0.3 Km East viii. Phulwarja PF - 8.2 Km West
ix. Danti PF - 0.6 Km East x. Rajabar PF - 6.8 Km West
xi. Mirgani PF - 6.03 Km East xii. Mochramu PF - 7.1 Km West
xiii. Bajahia PF - 8.0 Km East xiv. Kopsiya PF - 0.8 Km East
xv. Lambo PF - 8.2 Km East xvi. Kodarma PF - 0.3 Km
4.7.6 Faunal Biodiversity of Study Area
For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles,
amphibians and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted. The study area falls under two
states Bihar and Jharkhand (interstate boundary).
Birds: The sighting of bird species was very lass during the study period during May 2015. The most
commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Cattle Egret, Intermediate Egret, Black-winged Stilt,
Red-wattled Lapwing, Rock Pigeon, Eurasian Collared-Dove, Spotted Dove, Chestnut-headed Bee-
eater, Bank Myna and Common Myna. Only one Indian Peafowl was observed which is listed as
schedule –I as per IWPA, 1972.
Total 1,224 bird species reliably recorded from India, together with their status categories. In total there
are 1219 extant native species including migrants and vagrants (but excluding 3 species now known to
be extinct in the country and 2 introduced species). There are 923 breeding species (911 residents, plus
12 suspected residents). IUCN evaluated 1254 bird species from India and categorized 77 species as
threatened (13 species as critically endangered, 10 species as Endangered and 54 species as
Vulnerable). No one sighted birds were evaluated as near threatened by IUCN, 2010 and BirdLife
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 82 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
International, 2010. A taxon is Near Threatened, when it has been evaluated against the criteria but does
not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable categories, but is close to qualifying or
is likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future. List of schedule -1 as per Wild life
Protection Act 1972, species is given in the Table 5 of Annexure XIII. Systematic account of the birds
in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table 6 of Annexure XIII.
Butterflies from the study area: Total 16 species of Butterflies belongs to 4 families observed during
the present study are documented in the Table 7 of Annexure XIII.
Herpetofauna: Frog and toad were sighted during the study period during June 2015. The reptiles’
document in the region is given in the Table 8 of Annexure XIII.
Mammals: The wild mammals observed other than the domesticated ones are given in the Table 9 of
Annexure XIII.
Fishes: The fishes observed are given in the Table 9 of Annexure XIII.
Domestic Animals
The domestic animals observed in the study area are given in the Table 10 of Annexure XIII.
Rare and Endangered Fauna of Study Area: The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive
inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to
evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all
species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as
the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. IUCN, (2008) has evaluated 1976
animal species from India, among them 313 have in recognized as threatened species. Among them one
species is considered as extinct, while 44 species are in critically endangered (CR) category, 88 is in
endangered category (EN), while 181 is considered as vulnerable (VU). Wild Life (Protection) Act,
1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and
plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the
ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna was given protection
by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules.
Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life
protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV. Among the reptiles, Indian
Cobra (Naja naja) is provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972). Among
mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Jackal (Canis aureus (Linnaeus) Monkey
(Rhesus macaque) and Jungle cat (Felis chaus) are a schedule –II animals. Nilgai (Boselaphus
tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal and hares and five stripped squirrels are included in
schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
Endemic Fauna of the Study Area: None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic
species category of the study area.
Table 4.21: List of Schedule –I and II Fauna Observed During the Study
S.No. Scientific Name Local Name Schedule As Per
(WPA, 1972) IUCN Category CITES Listing
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 83 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
1. Pavo cristatus Indian
Peafowl Schedule I Least Concern ver 3.1 Not listed
2. Canis aureus Jackal Schedule II Least Concern ver 3.1 Appendix II 3. Herpestes
edwardsi Common
Mongoose Schedule II Least Concern ver 3.1 Appendix III
4. Macaca mulatta Rhesus
macaque Schedule II Least Concern ver 3.1 Not listed
5. Felis chaus Jungle Cat Schedule II Least Concern ver 3.1 Appendix II 6. Naja naja Indian Cobra Schedule II Least Concern ver 3.1 Appendix II
Note- The conservation plan for schedule I and II fauna is included separately.
4.8.7 Conclusion
The study area comprise of two district of two states viz. Bihar and Jharkhand. The current study
reveals that the study area has most of agriculture land and southern part is rocky terrain having reserve
and protected forest. There is almost plain without much undulation, agriculture land; hence not mush
vegetation cover. There is no much tree vegetation and wild animals in the area studied; there are 5
reserve and protected/reserve forest and one wild life sanctuary i.e. Koderma Wild life sanctuary. Some
of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including
them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in
schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) is provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life
Protection Act, (1972). Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Monkey (Rhesus
macaque) and Jungle cat (Felis chaus) are a schedule –II animals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is
protected as Schedule-III animal and hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of
Wild Life Protection act 1972. The species wise conservation plan is prepared for the protection of
scheduled –I and II fauna along with budgetary provision to assure the implementation of the same by
the proponent.
4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
An integral part of environmental study, which deals with the total environment, is socio- economic
environment incorporating various facts related to socio-economic condition in the area. These includes
demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities viz., housing, education, health and
medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication, transportation, prevailing
diseases, pattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance such as temples, historical monuments, etc.
at the baseline level. Socio-economic study of an area gives an opportunity to assess the socio-
economic conditions of an area. This study would help in visualizing and predicting the likely impact
depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project. It can undoubtedly be said that due to this
proposed mining activity, gross economic production of the area will increase substantially as it will
provide direct and indirect employment and will improve the infrastructural facilities and standards of
living of the area.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 84 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
4.9.1 Sampling Method
A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents of various sections of
the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and females, teachers, medical practitioners, businessmen,
agriculture laborers, fishermen, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method
includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the purpose of research needs.
4.9.2 Data Collection Method
In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any developmental projects on socio-
economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of the people in the project area. For
the process of data collection through primary and secondary sources certain methods are used among
that are as follows:
a) Field Survey and Observations
Field Survey and Observations is made at each sampling village and the quality of life of that region is
studied. Visits are made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know the health status of
the region. Various governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of census
operations are visited to collect the population details of that region.
b) Interview Method
Structured interview method is used to collect data regarding the awareness and opinion from the
sample selected of the various socioeconomic sections of the community. Structured interviews involve
the use of a set of predetermined questions that includes fixed and alternative questions. The
questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters such as income, employment and working conditions,
housing, food, clothing, water supply, sanitation, health, energy, transportation and communication,
education, environment and pollution to assess the quality of life of that particular region and general
awareness and opinion of the respondents about the project. The interview method has the advantage
that almost all perfect sample of the general population can be reached and respond to the approach.
Interview method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the interviewer is present
during the field survey.
Table 4.22: Socio-Economic Survey Methodology
Attributes Sampling Measurement
Method
Remarks
Socio-economic
Demographic
structure
Infrastructure
resource base
Economic
resource base
Health status:
Morbidity pattern
Cultural and
aesthetic attributes Education
Socio-economic
survey is based
on proportionate
stratified and
random
sampling
method
Minimum for two
phases of the project Primary data
collection
through
questionnaire
Secondary data
from census
records,
statistical hard
books, topo
sheets, health
records and
relevant official
records
available with
Govt. agencies
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 85 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
4.9.3 Socio-Economic Survey
4.9.3.1 Demographic Profile
There are 930 villages in the study area. These villages have 3, 11, 768 households accumulating 20, 43,
869 population. According to the survey, gender ratio of the study area in 2011 was 941 which are
almost same as the national gender ration i.e. 940. The details are given in Table 4.25.
Table 4.23: Demographic Profile of the Study Area
S. No. Description 2011
1. Total Population 1310475
2. Total Household 251624
3. Male 698528
4. Female 611947
5. Gender Ratio 876
Figure 4.26: Demographic Profile of Study area
4.9.3.2 Caste Division
The Table 4.26 depicts the distribution of Scheduled caste and Scheduled Tribe population of the
study area.
Table 4.24: Caste Distribution in the Study Area
S. No. Description Population in 2011 Percentage
1. Schedule Caste 529192 25.89%
2. Schedule Tribes 2146 0.1 %
3. General Population 2043869 74.01 %
Total 100 %
*Source Census 2011
As per the census 2011, the study area has about 25.89% schedule caste population and about 0.1%
schedule tribe population in the area. The rest of the population belongs to the general caste.
4.9.3.3 Literacy Rate
Literacy is one of the most significant indicators of human and social development. This not only
Total Population Total Household Male Female
Series1 1310475 251624 698528 611947
0
200000
400000
600000
800000
1000000
1200000
1400000
Nu
mb
er
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 86 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
reflects on the educational attainment of the population but also reflects on the status of the women,
caste equation and economic condition of a particular area. It also shows the skill level of the people
and their capability to get trained and work. The Table 4.27 indicates the literacy rate of the people in
the study area.
Table 4.25: Literacy Rate in the Study Area
S. No. Description Population in 2011 Literacy Rate (%)
1. Literate Population 1005779 49.28
2. Illiterate Population 1038090 50.72
4.9.3.4 Occupational Structure
In the villages around the study area, people mainly earn from agricultural activities and animal rearing.
From the table given below it can be said that the percentage of Non-workers is high as compared to the
total working population.
Table 4.26: Category of Workers in the Study Area
S. No. Description Population in year 2011 Percentage (%)
1. Main worker 466944 23
2. Marginal worker 284340 14
Total worker 751284 37
3. Non worker 1292585 63
4.9.4 Conclusion of Socio-Economic Study
The socio economic study of the study area for the study area gives clear picture of its population,
literacy rate, and sex ratio etc. The Average literacy level among the people is about 49.28%. Among
women in the study area, literacy level is less, as the educational facilities available in the study area are
not adequate. A part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent job to run their day to day
life and get basic facilities. Most of the people in study area use firewood, cow dung cake and kerosene
as the main source of fuel for cooking purpose. Road conditions are good. There is bus facility available
in the interior villages. Medical facilities are available in the area. Lack of drainage and control of
mosquitoes nuisance, have resulted in higher prevalence of malaria in the area, especially during rainy
season. Most of the villages have Bore well, Hand pump in study area for water supply. Electricity
facility is available in few villages but mostly villages are not electrified. Mostly, people in the region
are having the pakka houses. The study area falls in District-Nawada, Bihar. The details of Village-wise
Demographic Study is enclosed as Annexure XIV.
4.10 SUMMARY
The generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and information from the site
and surroundings was carried out during Pre-Monsoon Season i.e. 1st March 2015 to 31
st May 2015.
The EIA study is being done for the Mine Lease (core zone) and area within 10 Km distance from mine
lease boundary (buffer zone), both of which together comprise the study area. The mine lease area
exhibits plain to hilly topography i.e. the plain land of North and the hilly area of the south. The
Nawada district rivers area forms sub-basin of the Ganga Basin. All rivers are ephemeral in nature.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 87 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Meteorological station was set-up at site to record surface meteorological parameter during study
period; Pre-monsoon Season, 2015 i.e. 1st March to 31
st May, 2015. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
reveals that the concentrations of PM10 for all the 15 AAQM stations were found to be from 26.6 g/m3
to 76.1 g/m3 respectively and the concentrations of PM2.5 for all the 15 AAQM stations were found to
be from 24.2 g/m3 to 40.9 g/m
3. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the
prescribed CPCB limit of 80 g/m3 for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any station.
The concentrations of NO2 were found to be from 16.4 g/m3 to 39.5 g/m
3 respectively. The
concentrations of SO2 were found to be from 7.7 g/m3 to 19.9 g/m
3 respectively. The range of free
Silica was found to be from 1.8 % to 2.9 %. Ambient noise levels were measured at 15 locations
around the proposed project site. The noise level varies from 40.1 to 56.1 Leq dB during day time and
during night time. Maximum and minimum noise levels recorded during the day time were from 56.1
Leq dB and 51.8 Leq dB respectively and maximum and minimum level of noise during night time were
46.2 Leq dB and 40.1 Leq dB respectively. Thus noise levels at all locations were observed to be within
the prescribed limits. Analysis results of ground water reveal that pH varies from 7.66 to 8.13, Total
Hardness varies from 230.84 to 410.70 mg/L and Total Dissolved Solids varies from 407.00 to 652.10
mg/L. The Analysis results of surface water reveal that pH varies from 7.96 to 8.30, Total Hardness
varies from 187.53 to 361.80 mg/L, Total Dissolved Solids varies from 373.00 to 560.00 mg/L. The
LOS value from the proposed mine will be the same as before i.e. “C” or “Good” for the National and
State highways falling in the study area. So, the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern
roads is not likely to have any significant adverse affect. Random soil samples were collected up to
depth of 15 cm and homogenized samples were then sent to the laboratory for analysis. The analysis
results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 7.70 to 8.42 with organic matter 0.28%
to 0.73%. The concentration of Nitrogen ranges from 138.21Kg/Ha. to 290.1 Kg/Ha. Concentration of
Phosphorus ranges from 28.11 Kg/Ha. to 51.28 Kg/Ha. and concentration of Potassium was found to
be in range from 70.33 Kg/Ha. to 100.15 Kg/Ha. Soil texture is Sandy to Silty. The study area
comprise of two district of two states viz. Bihar and Jharkhand. The current study reveals that the study
area has most of agriculture land and southern part is rocky terrain having reserve and protected forest.
There is almost plain without much undulation, agriculture land; hence not mush vegetation cover.
There is no much tree vegetation and wild animals in the area studied; there are 5 reserve and
protected/reserve forest and one wild life sanctuary i.e. Koderma Wild life sanctuary. Some of the
sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in
different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule
I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV. Among the
reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) is provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life Protection Act,
(1972). Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Monkey (Rhesus macaque) and
Jungle cat (Felis chaus) are a schedule –II animals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as
Schedule-III animal and hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghat, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 88 (Chapter-4)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Protection act 1972. The species wise conservation plan is prepared for the protection of scheduled –I
and II fauna along with budgetary provision to assure the implementation of the same by the proponent.
The socio economic study of the study area for the study area gives clear picture of its population,
literacy rate, and sex ratio etc. The Average literacy level among the people is about 49.28%. Among
women in the study area, literacy level is less, as the educational facilities available in the study area are
not adequate. A part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent job to run their day to day
life and get basic facilities. Most of the people in study area use firewood, cow dung cake and kerosene
as the main source of fuel for cooking purpose. Road conditions are good. There is bus facility available
in the interior villages. Medical facilities are available in the area. Lack of drainage and control of
mosquitoes nuisance, have resulted in higher prevalence of malaria in the area, especially during rainy
season. Most of the villages have Bore well, Hand pump in study area for water supply. Electricity
facility is available in few villages but mostly villages are not electrified. Mostly, people in the region
are having the pakka houses.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 89 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER 5
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND
ITS MITIGATION MEASURES
5.0 INTRODUCTION
The environmental parameters likely to be affected by mining are related to many factors, i.e. physical,
social, economic, agriculture and aesthetic. Opencast mining involves drilling, blasting, loading and
transport of overburden and ore. The excavated sand will be transported via trucks to outsiders. The
operations may disturb environment of the area in various ways, such as removal of mass, change of
landscape, flora and fauna of the area, surface drainage, and change in air, water and soil quality. While for
the purpose of development and economic up-liftment of people, there is need for establishment of mining
industries, but these should be environment friendly. Therefore, it is essential to assess the impacts of mining
on different environmental parameters, before starting the mining operations, so that abatement measures
could be planned in advance for eco-friendly mining in the area. The likely impacts on different
environmental parameters due to this mining project are discussed here.
5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
This is a sand mining project in riverbed. There will be no impacts as no construction stage is envisaged in
this project.
5.2 OPERATION PHASE
Some of the impacts identified in various phases of operation are insignificant and do not warrant much
attention whereas some others are important especially with respect to the present context. Therefore
objective is to identify those impacts, which are significant and require a detailed analysis for decision
making or formulating adequate management measures. This section deals with an assessment of impact of
various mining activities on the existing environmental conditions. The methodology of assessment is based
upon identification and description of the existing project activities as well as environmental components
followed by evaluating the impact of mining and associated activities on the environment. The
environmental components that are likely to be influenced or modified by the continuation of project
activities are:
i. Air Environment,
ii. Noise and Vibration Environment,
iii. Water Environment,
iv. Land Use,
v. Soil Environment,
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 90 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
vi. Hydrology
vii. Geology,
viii. Biological Environment,
ix. Socio-economic Environment.
x. Solid Waste/overburden
5.3 AIR QUALITY MODELS
A) ISCST3 Dispersion Model
The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a wide
range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-EPA approved
model to predict the air quality.
B) CALINE 4 model
The California Line Source Dispersion Model, CALINE4 (1989), uses traffic emissions, site geometry and
meteorology to predict air pollutant concentrations within 500 meters of the roadways. Predictions can be
made for carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide and suspended particles.
5.3.1 Model Setup
5.3.1.1 Emission of PM10
The major sources of PM10 emission in case of sand mining project are the loading activity at mine site
(loading of material over trucks / trucks by excavators) and the movement of vehicles on unpaved haul
roads. The emission rates for these sources are given in latest USEPA’s AP-42 guidelines.
5.3.1.2 Loading of Material
The sand will be loaded on trucks using excavators. Eighteen excavators will be used for loading total
14000 MT of sand (as per maximum production in 5th year) during the working shift of 8 hours/day. The
PM10 emission rate due to loading activity is calculated using below equation.
𝐸 = 𝑘 𝑋 0.0016 𝑋 𝑈
2.2 1.3
𝑀
2 1.4 --- AP42 (Nov 2006)
Where,
E = Emission Factor, kg/ton
k = Particle size multiplier, 0.35 for PM10
M = Moisture Content, %
u = Mean wind speed, m/s
5.3.1.3 Emission of PM10 due to Mining
The hauling of sand from the mine lease area to the end users via haul road (unpaved road) will cause
emission of particulate matters. This emission will be limited to the extent of unpaved haul road starting
from mining pit to nearest paved road connectivity. As per the mining plan the material will be transported
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 91 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
during the working shift only. Each day maximum 90 trucks (25 tonne capacity each) will make total 560
trips for transporting sand from mine to end user (as per maximum production in 5th year). The maximum
traffic i.e. 36 trucks/hour is expected on Sankari and Panchne River. The following empirical expressions is
used to estimate the quantity in pounds (lb) of size-specific particulate emissions from an unpaved road in
industrial sites, per vehicle mile traveled (VMT)
𝐸 = 𝑘 𝑠
12 𝑎 𝑊
3 𝑏
+ 𝐶 --- AP42 (Nov 2006)
Where
k, a, b are empirical constants i.e. different for different particle size.
E = size-specific emission factor (lb/VMT)
s = surface material silt content (%)
W = mean vehicle weight (tons)
C = emission factor for 1980's vehicle fleet exhaust, brake wear and tire wear, 0.0047 lb/VMT for PM10.
The source characteristics s and W are referred to as correction parameters for adjusting the emission
estimates to local conditions. The effective emission rate after considering reduction in emission potential
of haul roads due to water sprinkling was calculated for use in CALINE4 model.
5.3.1.4 Emission of CO from Vehicles
The sand will be transported outside the mining area for end use. Each hour total 140 trucks will be used for
transportation. In order to estimate the emission of CO from these vehicles exhaust ARAI-2007 emission
factors were used in CALINE4 model. The ARAI emission factors for CO emitting from heavy vehicles
(diesel) is 3.92 gm/km or 6.32 g/mile.
5.3.1.5 Summary of calculated Emission Rates
Table 5.1: Emissions Rates
S. No. Activities Units Emission Rates
1. Loading g/s 0.011447
2. Transportation on Haul Road (PM10 Emission) g/mile/vehicle 88.75871
3. Transportation (CO Emission) g/mile/vehicle 6.32
5.3.2 Meteorological Data
The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of pollutants and buildup of
pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study, one season meteorological data has been taken to find
the dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing height for study period, which is an important
parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has been taken from the atlas of hourly mixing
height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (Attri et al., 2008). Windrose diagram of one season
meteorological data used for modeling is given in Chapter-4.
5.3.3 Input Parameters
5.3.3.1 ISCST3 Model Input Parameters
The ISCST3 model was used to predict the GLC of PM10 due to loading activity at mine site. Eighteen
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 92 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
excavators will be used to load 14000 tons approx. (13824 Tons per day) of sand on trucks for further
transportation to end users. Point source resembling loading activity at mine site and having equivalent
emission rates were setup at mining lease area to predict the maximum incremental concentration of PM10 at
baseline monitoring location (as shown in Figure 5.2). The predicted incremental concentration PM10 was
added to baseline concentration to obtain the cumulative concentration level at baseline stations.
5.3.3.2 CALINE4 Input Parameters
CALINE4 model was used to predict the worst case GLC of PM10 due to truck movement on haul road
(unpaved road) between the mine site and nearest paved road. In the present project, trucks having 25 tonne
capacity have been proposed to transport the mined sand from mining area. The maximum number of trucks
expected to be on the road are 36 per hour. The model was set-up with haul road links between the mining
lease and nearest paved road. Receptors were located at all the AAQM locations to predict the pollutant
concentration. Since CALINE4 has options to predict only 1-hour and 8-hour pollutant concentration, the
model was used to predict 1-hour worst case GLC of pollutant which was later converted into 24-hour GLC
using Turner Equation. The 24-hour incremental concentrations (predicted) of pollutants due to
transportation were added to baseline concentrations to obtain the cumulative concentration levels.
5.3.3.3 Results
The maximum incremental concentration of PM10 was 16.18395µg/m3 (24-hourly average) predicted inside
the core zone near active mining area (loading locations). These loading locations are generally away from
sensitive receptors (human settlements etc.). As the distance from source increases, the incremental
concentration of PM10 drops drastically due to settling of PM10 particles under gravity. It is expected that
the maximum impact of loading activity at mine site will be limited to 200 m distance only. The predicted
maximum incremental concentration due to transportation was found at A2 (Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring Station - 2) wiz. 10.498 µg/m3 (24-hourly average).
The predicted maximum cumulative GLC of PM10 was found to be 89.096µg/m3 at A6. The second highest
predicted cumulative GLC of PM10 was found to be 80.838 µg/m3 at A2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River Stretch).
All predicted cumulative concentrations are lower than the permissible NAAQ standard for PM10
concentration (100µg/m3). The predicted 24 hours GLCs at baseline air quality monitoring locations are
presented in Table 5.2 below. The graphical representation is given in Figure 5.1. The predicted
concentration for CO was found to be 0.0µg/m3 owing to very less traffic to and from the mining area.
Table 5.2: Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
Location
Code
Location Name Max Baseline
Conc.
(µg/m3)
Predicted
GLC (µg/m3) –
ISCST3 Model
Predicted GLC
(µg/m3) –
CALINE4 Model
Cumulative
GLC
(µg/m3)
A1 Village Wazirganj 71.1 0.003 0.580 71.683
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 93 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
A2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River
Stretch)
70.3 0.040 10.498 80.838
A3 Mine Site (Tiliya River
Stretch, near vill Ora)
70.1 0.014 7.482 77.596
A4 Village Giriak 68.6 0.006 2.668 71.274
A5 Village Balwa 76.1 0.016 0.870 76.986
A6 Nawada , Major town 86.2 0.072 2.784 89.056
A7 Village Roh 74.8 0.025 0.464 75.289
A8 Village Siur 67.2 0.008 1.044 68.252
A9 Mine Site (Khuri River
stretch, near village
Akbarpur)
64.3 0.027 5.974 70.301
A10 Mine Site (Dhanarji River
Strecth, near village
Saldapur)
70.1 0.102 2.320 72.522
A11 Village Sirdala 68.8 0.020 0.696 69.516
A12 Village Rajauli 67.0 0.010 2.900 69.910
A13 Village Nawadih 60.6 0.005 0.290 60.895
A14 Mine Site (Nata River
stretch near Ipakwa vill.)
71.0 0.014 0.754 71.768
A15 Village Baladih 69.7 0.004 0.348 70.052
Figure 5.1: Graphical Representation of Model Results
The contour map PM10 showing the predicted concentration levels is presented in Figure 5.2 and 5.3.
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15
Max Baseline Conc. (µg/m3) Predicted GLC (µg/m3) – ISCST3 Model
Predicted GLC (µg/m3) – CALINE4 Model Permissible Limit (µg/m3)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 94 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 5.2: Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of PM10 due to Mining
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 95 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 5.3: Spatial distribution of PM10 GLC due to transportation
5.3.4 Conclusion
The maximum incremental concentration of PM10 was 16.18395 µg /m3 (24-hourly average) predicted
inside the core zone near active mining area (loading locations). It is expected that the maximum impact of
loading activity at mine site will be limited to 200m distance only. The predicted maximum incremental
concentration due to transportation was found at A2 (Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station - 2) wiz.
10.498 µg/m3 (24-hourly average). The predicted maximum cumulative GLC of PM10 was found to be
89.096 µg /m3 at A6. The second highest predicted cumulative GLC of PM10 was found to be 80.838 µg /m
3
at A2 Mine Site (Dhadhar River Stretch). All predicted cumulative concentrations are lower than the
permissible NAAQ standard for PM10 concentration (100µg/m3). From the results of ISCST3 and CALINE4
models, it is concluded that the maximum cumulative concentrations of PM10 both due to mining activities
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 96 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
and transportation are expected to be within the prescribed standards for PM10. It is to be noted that the
predicted concentrations from mining activities is insignificant; whereas transportation is the major of
source of dust emission. The concentration of CO due to vehicle exhaust is negligible due to small number
of vehicles plying on haul road. The concentrations of SO2 and NO2 generated from mining area are
expected to be low due to absence of any major source. The predicted concentrations are due to proposed
sand mine only and higher pollutant concentrations may be observed in the study area due to simultaneous
operations of other mines / anthropogenic activities, data for which is not available. The overall impact on
air quality due to proposed mining project is expected to be low extending to close vicinity of mining lease
area and in proximity of unpaved haul roads only.
5.4 IMPACTS OF AIR POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
A predicted cumulative GLC
of PM10 was 89.096 µg /m3 at
A6 at Nawada, Major town
against the threshold limit of
100 µg/m3 which can cause
adverse effect on human health
of neighboring villagers like
effect on breathing and
respiratory system, damage to
lung tissue, cancer and
premature death, influenza or
asthma.
Dust generation due to loading
and unloading of mineral and
due to transportation can also
affect the workers as well as
nearby villagers.
Stomatal index may be
minimized due to dust deposit
on leaf.
25 KLD water will be proposed for
sprinkling on unpaved roads to avoid dust
generation during transportation.
2.0 Lakhs
Dust mask will be provided to the workers
engaged at dust generation points like
excavation and loading points.
2.0 Lakhs
It is proposed to plant 5000. of local
species per year with consultation of Forest
department with some fruit bearing and
medicinal trees, along the haul roads, outer
periphery within the lease area to prevent
the impact of dust in the nearby village.
12.0 Lakhs.
Planning transportation routes of sand so
as to reach the nearest paved roads by
shortest route (minimize transportation
over unpaved road). Alternatively,
graveled road may be constructed between
mine lease area and nearest paved road
connectivity. The speed of trucks plying on
the haul road will be limited to avoid
generation of dust and covering of material
during transportation on trucks to prevent
sand leak from the trucks. The trucks will
be covered by tarpaulin. Overloading will
be avoided.
5.0 Lakhs
5.4.1 Conclusion
In this mining project the only source of emission of air pollution is excavation, transportation, loading,
hauling operation and handling of sand etc. The proposed mining operations are not anticipated to raise the
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 97 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
concentration of the pollutants beyond prescribed limits. However, the measures are suggested to mitigate
any harmful impacts of pollutants like plantation of trees along haul roads, specially near settlements, to help
to reduce the impact of dust on the nearby villages; planning transportation routes of mined material so as to
reach the nearest paved roads by shortest route (minimize transportation over unpaved road); regular water
sprinkling on unpaved roads to avoid dust generation during transportation etc.
5. 5 IMPACTS OF NOISE/VIBRATIONS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
Noise from the machinery can
cause hypertension, high stress
level, hearing loss, sleep
disturbance etc due to prolonged
exposure.
The machinery will be maintained in good
running condition so that noise will be
reduced to minimum possible level.
Awareness will be imparted to the workers
about the permissible noise level and effect
of maximum exposure to those levels.
Personal protective equipment will provide
to prevent the noise exposure. Personal
Protective Equipment will be provided
during mining activity.
0.5 Lakh
No. of 414 PCU/hr will increase
in the existing traffic due to this
mining activity hence vehicle
collation may occur unwanted
sound and can also cause
impact on human health.
In addition, truck drivers will be instructed
to make minimum use of horns in the
village area and sensitive zones.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local
species per year with consultation of
Forest department with some fruit bearing
and medicinal trees, along the haul roads,
outer periphery within the lease area to
reduce the impact of noise in the study
area.
The trucks will be diverted on 7 roads to
avoid traffic congestion.
--
Budget of Plantation cited
in table above
5.5.1 Conclusion
In summary, it can be stated that the impact on the present noise levels due to mining operations will be
restricted to the work zone areas only. The impact on the ambient noise levels will not be felt at the
settlement areas due to masking effect with the existing noise levels. There is no drilling and blasting
envisaged in the sand mining so there is no impact of vibration due to this project. Hence, the noise levels
and vibration impact due to the proposed mining operations on community will be minimal.
5.6 IMPACTS OF WATER POLLUTION AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
The mining in the riverbed area
may cause the ground water
The water table will not be intersected during
mining in the riverbed as ultimate depth is limited
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 98 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
contamination due to intersection
of the water table.
upto 3 meters as the water table is 5-10 m bgl.
Proper analysis/Monitoring will be done to check
the ground water.
2.0 Lakh
Proper analysis/Monitoring will be done to check
the ground water.
2.0 Lakh
The municipal waste water
disposed from the mining activity
may cause contamination of
surface water.
The municipal wastewater will be disposed off
into septic tanks and soak pit.
2.0 Lakhs
Sediments which come along with
the flow of water in river will be
extracted otherwise the level of
riverbed will increase and river
may change its course and cause
flooding of nearby villages and
may also damage the life and
property of the people.
Positive Impact. ---
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 99 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 5.4: Impact of Mining on Ground Water (River Bed Block)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 100 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
5.6.1 Conclusion
In this mining project in the entire lease period the ground water table will not be intersected hence there
will be no impact on the water environment.
5.7 IMPACTS ON LAND USE AND MITIGATION MEASURES
The project area does not consist of any forest land. It does not consist of any human habitations. Land use
plan of the mining lease area during pre-operational, operational and post operational is incorporated in the
Chapter 2.
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
The mining activity in the
riverbed will be converted
into the pit. which may not
cause soil erosion, soil
degradation etc.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local species per
year with consultation of Forest department with some
fruit bearing and medicinal trees, along the haul roads,
outer periphery within the mining area which
enhances the binding property of the soil.
12.0 Lakhs
Stagnant water in the open pit
may cause shelter for
mosquitoes and other disease
causing pathogens which
spread Malaria,
Chickengunia, Dengue etc.
The mining is planned in non monsoon seasons only
so that the excavated area will be replenished
naturally during the subsequent rainy season for the
river bed mining block.
The regular health checkup camp will be organized.
Mining in the riverbed may
change complete land use
pattern including channel
geometry, bed elevation,
sediment transportation
capacity which can reduce
flow of the river and
downstream erosion.
Mine lease area has been proposed leaving a safety
distance of 1/4th
of the width of the river from the bank
inwards which will protect the banks so channel
geometry will not be disturbed.
Check dams have been constructed at various places
for protection of banks against direct attack of the
rivers and avoid bank cutting.
Pre and post monsoon survey for sedimentation in the
riverbed will be done regularly.
2.0 Lakhs
5.7.1 Conclusion
The most of the land of this lease area is in the riverbed and the entire excavated land will get replenished
every year hence there will be no impact on the land use. It is a eco-friendly mining project. Every year the
sediments in the riverbed accumulated, if these are not removed/excavated then riverbed level may be
increased and the river may change its course which may cause heavy losses to the life of nearby villagers
and habitants.
5.8 IMPACTS ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
Mining activity may
increase the soil erosion
It is already proposed to plant 5000 No. of local
species per year with consultation of Forest
12.0 Lakhs
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 101 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
and soil degradation
which have adverse
impact on soil fertility.
department with some fruit bearing and
medicinal trees, along the haul roads, outer
periphery within the mining area which enhances
the binding property of the soil to check the
erosion.
25 KLD water will be proposed for sprinkling on
unpaved roads to avoid dust generation and soil
erosion.
2.0 Lakhs
During the flood, the soil
erosion may occur.
Mine lease area has been proposed leaving a
safety distance of 1/4th of the width of the river
from the bank inwards which will protect the
banks.
Check dams have been constructed at various
places for protection of banks against direct
attack of the rivers and avoid bank cutting.
5.9 HYDROLOGY
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
The mining in the
riverbed area may cause
the ground water
contamination due to
intersection of the water
table.
The water table will not be intersected
during mining in the riverbed as ultimate
depth is limited upto 3 meters as the water
table is 5-10 m bgl.
Proper analysis/Monitoring will be done
to check the ground and surface water.
1.0 Lakh
-- Change the topography
will divert the river flow.
There is no proposal of any stream
modification/diversion due to this mining
activity hence there will be no any impact
on flow of the river.
5.9.1 Conclusion
The flow of surface/ground water (sub surface flow) is following the trend of topography, which is in the
North to South direction. There is no proposal of any stream modification/diversion. Hence, there will be no
any impact on hydrology of the study area. The depth of excavation in riverbed is up to 3 m only where
ground water table is at 8-10 m bgl hence the water table is not expected to be intersected at any stage of
mining.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 102 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
5.10 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURE
Table 5.3: Ecological Impact Assessment
Ecological
Criteria Identified
Impacts Ecological significance of
Impact Magnitude Duration
/Timing/ Frequency
Reversibili
ty Mitigation Cumulative
Impact
Zone of
Influence
Project site
habitat Due to Site
clearance.
The proposed mining lease
is located in Yamuna River.
No site clearance is
required. Only some scrub
area will be cleared.
Low impact - Reversible - No
Cumulative
impact
Zone of
Influence
Ecological
Impact Surrounding
habitat due to
fugitive emission.
Not much impact on the
surrounding habitat is
envisaged due to the
transportation activity
except some fugitive
emission.
Temporary Impact
Only during
the
transportation
activity
Reversible The green
belt/community
forestry near river
bank and
approach road
will restrict the
fugitive emission.
No
cumulative
impact
Accessibility Ecological
Impact due to
road
construction
No Road construction is
required to assess the
project site. The existing
internal Roads are
connected the project site to
the existing SH road and
then to the highway.
No impact - - - No Impact
Zone of
Influence
Ecological
Impact on
Surrounding/
Eco sensitive
habitat due to
waste water
generated from
the project
activity.
During operation phase
daily water requirement of
the proposed mining
activity will be 36 KLD of
which 4 KLD will be
required for drinking which
will be met through tankers
from nearby villages. No waste water will be
discharged in the nearby
No impact During
operation
Phase
No Proper treatment
of waste water to
meet CPCB
permissible
disposal limit
No impact
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 103 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
area. Zone of
Influence Ecological
Impact on
Surrounding/Eco
sensitive habitat
due to Noise
generated from
the project
activity.
The Noise level during the
operation phase is around
75 dB. The impact on
ambient noise level will be
restricted only on the
factory premises. The
ambient air quality of the
surrounding villages may
not have any significance
increase due to the project
activity.
Low impact on Flora and
fauna
During
operation
Phase
No As given in The
EMP section. No impact
Zone of
Influence Ecological
Impact on
Surrounding/Eco
sensitive habitat
due to
Transportation
Transportation of Sand in
the trucks/dumper will
disturb the movement of
Wild animals like jungle
cat, jackal, and other
reptiles. Fugitive emission
from vehicle movement
will form a layer in leaves
thus reducing the gaseous
exchange process. This
ultimately affects the
growth of plants. Chances
of vehicle collisions with
wildlife attempting to cross
roads are possible.
Moderate
Impact During
operation
Phase
No As given in EMP. Access roads will
not encroach into
the riparian zones.
To the extent
practicable, the
right-of-way
(ROW) to avoid
residential areas
and important
wildlife habitat
areas (e.g.
rookeries, raptor
nesting areas, and
calving areas) will
be provided.
Low
Cumulative
impact
Table 5.4: Impact on Ecology due to Mining Activity
S.No Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
1. Transportation of sand in the trucks/dumper
will disturb the movement of wild animals.
Fugitive emission from vehicle movement
will form a layer in leaves thus reducing the
gaseous exchange process. This ultimately
Transportation of sand will be minimize in the morning and
evening and cannot be done in night. Access roads will not
encroach into the riparian zones.
--
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 104 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
affects the growth of plants. Chances of
vehicle collisions with wildlife attempting to
cross roads are possible.
2. Any human settlement in the mining area will
disturb the vegetation cover and reptiles
No human settlement should be permitted in the lease
mining or nearby area. No mining will be carried out during
the rainy season to minimize impact on aquatic life.
--
3. Indiscriminate mining from active channels of
rivers causes many adverse effects on the
benthic fauna, which inhabits the bottom
sandy substratum. Excessive sand extraction
from rivers affects the eco-biology of many
terrestrial insects whose initial life history
begins in aquatic environments
Mining will be done only in riverbed as per provided by
DMG so there will be no impact on benthic fauna in
riverbed hence no mitigation will be required.
The fund for this activity
will be utilized from
‘Separate Corpus Fund’.
4. The Indian peafowl movement is very
common in the area; the noise from sand
mining will hinder the same.
The latest equipment with sound-control devices should be
used for sand excavation and loading/unloading, etc. Use of
exhaust silencers and optimized acoustical pipe lagging
(acoustical wrapping) to minimize compressor noise.
-
5. Stomatal index may be minimized due to dust
deposit on leaf.
25 KLD water will be proposed for sprinkling on unpaved
roads to avoid dust generation.
5.0 Lakhs.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 105 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
5.11 IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
Due to mining and
transportation of sand will
generate the small shops,
dhabas, garage, restaurant,
vegetable shops etc. along the
road and generate direct
employment.
Positive Impact --
Mining activity will generate
direct employment by recruiting
56 people which will be
employed locally and
preference will be given to local
people.
Positive Impact --
2.0 Lakhs Such shops along the roads will
generate solid waste and waste
water which will have adverse
impact on human health.
3 nos. of Garbage bins will be provided
for proper disposal of solid waste.
The municipal wastewater will be
disposed off into septic tanks and soak
pit.
Extraction from river banks and
beds and the resultant
generation of fugitive dust
cause workers of the mine to
suffer from occupational
hazards like skin allergies, eye
and respiratory problems etc
Mine lease area has been proposed
leaving a safety distance of 1/4th of the
width of the river from the bank inwards
which will protect the banks
Dust mask will be provided to the
workers engaged at dust generation
points like excavation and loading
points.
Regular water sprinkling on unpaved
roads to avoid dust generation
2.0 Lakhs
1.0 Lakh
5.0 Lakhs
Further, the deep pits created in
the channel also can contribute
to an increase in accidents in the
working environment.
This creates serious threat to
residents in the area who
depend on river water for their
domestic purposes.
The mining is planned in non monsoon
seasons only so that the excavated area
will be replenished naturally during the
subsequent rainy season for the river bed
mining block.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 106 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
The major source of socio-
health impacts of transportation
will generate from truck, dust
etc. Increase in accidents as a
result of rash driving of
dumpers carrying mineral
through the roads may be
possible.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local
species per year with consultation of
Forest department with some fruit
bearing and medicinal trees, along the
haul roads, outer periphery within the
mining area to control the dust.
Planning transportation routes of mined
material so as to reach the nearest paved
roads by shortest route. (minimize
transportation over unpaved road).
Alternatively, graveled road may be
constructed between mine lease area and
nearest paved road connectivity; The
speed of trucks plying on the haul road
should limited to avoid generation of
dust; and Covering of material during
transportation on trucks to prevent
spillage of sand from the trucks. The
trucks will be covered by tarpaulin.
Overloading will be avoided.
Regular water sprinkling on unpaved
roads to avoid dust generation during
transportation;
12.00 Lakhs
5.0 Lakhs
5.0 Lakhs
5.12 IMPACTS DUE TO SOLID WASTE/OVERBURDEN AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
The mine worker will generate
municipal solid waste of about 17 Kg
per day which will have adverse
impact on human health.
3 Nos. of Garbage bins will be
provided for the safe disposal of solid
waste.
-
There is no overburden in mining
area.
5.13 IMPACTS ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
The mining of sand (minor mineral)
from the river bed can cause the
lung disease and respiratory
disorder due to dust exposure.
Dust masks will be provided as additional
personal protection equipment (helmet and
safety shoes) to the workers working in the dust
prone area. Regular water sprinkling will be
done and dust masks will be provided to the
workers.
5.0 Lakhs
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 107 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Due to noise exposure, hearing
disorder may be resulted.
Ear-muffs will be provided to the workers and
good maintenance of vehicles will be provided
The accident at the site due to
mining operation may be
anticipated
Workers are informed, kept aware and trained
about possible accidents during the mining
operation and persona protective equipments
will be provided viz. gloves, safety shoes, dust
mask, safety jackets, helmet etc. In addition to,
the awareness about the occupational health
hazards due to mining activities to avoid any
incident will be provided to the workers
Pre- placement health checkup will be made
mandatory and periodic heath checkup will be
done quarterly.
The detail of the proposed budget for the Occupational Health and Safety is given as in Chapter 10 of this
EIA/EMP report.
5.14 TRAFFIC ENVIRONMENT
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
No. of 414 PCU/hr will
increase due to mining in
existing traffic scenario lead
to air pollution which can
cause adverse effect on
human health of neighboring
villagers like effect on
breathing and respiratory
system, damage to lung
tissue, cancer and premature
death, influenza or asthma.
Vehicles with PUC Certificate will be hired.
Regular maintenance of vehicles will be
done to ensure smooth running of vehicle.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local
species per year with consultation of Forest
department with some fruit bearing and
medicinal trees, along the haul roads, outer
periphery within the lease area to prevent
the impact of dust in the nearby village.
Regular Health checkup camps will be
organized.
--
12.00 Lakhs
2.0 Lakhs
No. of 414 PCU/hr will
increase in the existing
traffic due to this mining
activity hence vehicle
collation may occur
unwanted sound and can
also cause impact on human
health.
In addition, truck drivers will be instructed
to make minimum use of horns in the
village area and sensitive zones.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local
species per year with consultation of Forest
department with some fruit bearing and
medicinal trees, along the haul roads, outer
periphery within the lease area to reduce the
impact of noise in the study area.
The trucks will be diverted on 7 roads to
avoid traffic congestion.
Regular Health checkup camps will be
--
Budget cited in table above
2.0 Lakhs
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 108 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Accidents may be occurring
due to fast movement of
vehicles.
organized.
-- To avoid accidents the speed of vehicles
will be low near habitation areas.
5.15 IMPACTS ON GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION
Impact Mitigation Measure Budget
Slope of mining area
will change which
can create soil
erosion and divert
rain water runoff
channel.
The maximum depth of mining in the river bed will
not exceed 3 meters. In riverbed, more than 100 %
replenishment will be done every year and proper
reclamation will be done once the mining of
mineral in 1/2 hectare area is over hence no slope
will be changed due to mining.
--
Soil weathering due
to dumping and
mining.
Change in
topography can
change the river
flow and flood may
occur.
Mine lease area has been proposed leaving a safety
distance of 1/4th of the width of the river from the
bank inwards which will protect the banks.
Check dams have been constructed at various
places for protection of banks against direct attack
of the rivers and avoid soil weathering.
It is proposed to plant 5000 No. of local species per
year with consultation of Forest department with
some fruit bearing and medicinal trees, along the
haul roads, outer periphery within the mining area
which enhances the binding properties of the soil.
25.0 KLD water will be proposed for sprinkling on
unpaved roads to avoid soil weathering.
--
12.00 Lakhs
5.0 Lakhs
Scientific mining has been proposed hence no any
topographical change will occur during mining
activity.
Mining will be prohibited in monsoon season.
5.16 MINE CLOSURE PLAN
5.16.1 General
Mine closure plan is one of the most important requirements in the environment management of mining
projects. The closure operation is a continuous series of activities right from the commencement to
decommissioning of the project. Therefore, progressive mine closure plan is specifically included in the
mining plan, which is to be reviewed every five years in the scheme of mining. The primary aim is to
ensure that the following broad objectives along with the abandonment of the mine can be successfully
achieved:
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 109 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Creation of a productive and sustainable after-use for the site, acceptable to mine owners, regulatory
agencies, and most importantly to the community.
Protection of public health and safety of the surrounding habitation.
Minimization of environmental damage.
Conservation of valuable attributes and aesthetics.
Counter balancing the adverse socio-economic impacts.
5.16.2 Reason for Closure
The progressive mine closure plan has been prepared in compliance of Bihar Minor Mineral
Concession Rules 20146. No immediate closure is planned as sufficient reserves are available to carry on
the activities. There is market potential in domestic demands.
5.16.3 Statutory Obligations
i. The lessee is bound to submit the Progressive mine closure plan either with Mining plan or Scheme of
Mining.
ii. Mining contractor is bound to follow the terms and conditions as will be stipulated in the mining
contract.
iii. In addition to it the rules pertaining to the Protection of Environment i.e Environment Act.
Environment Rules and other associated rules for the protection of environment will have to be
followed.
iv. During the course of mining the rules stipulated in Mines Act, Mines rules Metalliferous Mines
Regulation 1961 and HMMCR.2012 will be followed.
v. All other rules pertaining to the mining existing at that time will be followed during the course of
mining activities.
5.16.4 Disposal of Mining Machinery
Machinery is proposed on hire basis. Hence no de-commissioning of mining machinery is proposed.
5.16.5 Safety and security
Safety measures to be implemented to prevent access to excavations area by un-authorized persons as per
Mines Act 1952, M.M.R. 1961.
i. Safety measures will be implemented as per Mines Act 1952, MMR 1961, Mines Rules 1955.
ii. Provision of MMR 1961 shall be followed strictly and all roads shall be 10 m wide and have a
gradient of not more than 1 in 20.
iii. Excavation will not be more than 3 m in river bed.
iv. Width of bench will be kept around 20.0 m for ease of operations and provide sufficient room for
the movement of equipments.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 110 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
v. Protective equipment like dust masks, ear plugs / muffs and other equipments shall be provided
for use by the work persons.
vi. Notice giving warning to prevent inadvertent entry of persons shall be displayed at all
conspicuous places and in particular near mine entries.
vii. Danger signs shall be displayed near the excavations.
viii. Security guards will be posted.
ix. In the event of temporary closer, approaches will be fenced off and notice displayed.
5.16.6 Time Scheduling for Abandonment
This scheduling for abandonment operations are not proposed in closure plan and same shall be will be
given at the time of final closer plan.
5.16.7 Financial Assurance
Total 325.792 ha area will be put in use. Against this mined out area the total financial assurance
(@15000/- per Ha. which comes out to Rs 48, 86,880 and it will be deposited in the form of Surety bond/
bank guarantee to the Director Mines & Geology Bihar.
5.17 SUMMARY
The proposed mining operations are not anticipated to raise the concentration of the pollutants beyond
prescribed limits. However, the measures are suggested to mitigate any harmful impacts of pollutants like
plantation of trees along haul roads, specially near settlements, to help to reduce the impact of dust on the
nearby villages; planning transportation routes of mined material so as to reach the nearest paved roads by
shortest route; regular water sprinkling on unpaved roads to avoid dust generation during transportation
etc. Some of impacts may be due to increase in the PCU/hr which is 414 PCU/hr. Transportation of sand
should be minimized in the morning and evening and cannot be done in night. Access roads will not
encroach into the riparian zones. Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves
thus reducing the gaseous exchange process. The impact on the present noise levels due to mining
operations will be restricted to the work zone areas only. The impact on the ambient noise levels will not
be felt at the settlement areas due to masking effect with the existing noise levels. There is no drilling and
blasting envisaged in the sand mining so there is no impact of vibration due to this project. Hence, the
noise levels and vibration impact due to the proposed mining operations on community will be minimal.
There will be no waste water generation from the proposed mining activity except sanitary waste water
generation that will be treated in septic tanks and will be used for plantation purpose. The mine worker
will generate municipal solid waste of about 15 Kg per day which will have adverse impact on human
health. There will be 3 Nos. of garbage provided for domestic waste collection. The mining activities will
be done in a systematic manner by maintaining the road infrastructure and vehicle transport which will be
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 111 (Chapter-5)
Final EIA/EMP Report
protective measure for preserving the topography and drainage in the area. The ownership will not be
changed as the land has been taken on contract which will be returned as it is after the contract period is
over. No human settlement should be permitted in the lease mining or nearby area. No mining will be
carried out during the rainy season to minimize impact on aquatic life. There are 1 species of Schedule I
and 5 species of Schedule II are observed during study period hence, for the same conservation plan was
prepared. Subsequently, a budget of Rs. 18.00 Lakhs has allotted for the conservation of wildlife species.
The mining of sand is likely to increase the per capita income of local people by which the socio-
economic status of the people will be improved. The local people have been provided with either direct
employments or indirect employment such as business, contract works and development work like roads,
etc. and other welfare amenities such as medical facilities, conveyance, free education, drinking water
supply etc. Except dust generation, there is no source which can show a probability for health related
diseases. Regular water sprinkling will be done with sprinkle mounted tankers and dust masks will be
provided to the workers. All workers will be subjected to medical examination as per Mines Rule 1955
both at time of appointment and at least once in a year. Medical camps will be organized for this activity.
Insurance of all employees as per the rules will also be carried out. R&R issues are not involved with this
project. As per the Sand Policy of Bihar, the lease holder will deposit 2% of the annual contract money
i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate Corpus Fund. This amount will be spent for the protection of
environment.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Ganga River, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 112 (Chapter-6)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER: 6
ENVIRONMENTAL MONIROTING PROGRAM
6.0 INTRODUCTION
Regular monitoring of the various environmental parameters is necessary to evaluate the effectiveness
of the management programme so that the necessary corrective measures can be taken in case there
are some drawbacks in the proposed programme. Since environmental quality parameters at work
zone and surrounding area are important for maintaining sound operating practices of the project in
conformity with environmental regulations, the post project monitoring work forms part of
Environmental Monitoring Program. Environmental Monitoring Program will be implemented once
the project activity commences. Environmental Monitoring Program includes- (i) environmental
surveillance (ii) analysis & interpretation of data (iii) preparation of reports to support environmental
management system and (iv) Organizational set up responsible for the implementation of the
programme. Environmental Monitoring will be taken up for various environmental components as per
conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC & Consent to Operate
issued by the State Pollution Control Board. Compliance of same will be submitted to respective
authorities on regular basis.
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standards, regular monitoring of
various environmental components is necessary which will complied as per conditions. For this the
lessee M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises has taken decision to formulate an Environment Policy of the
mine and constitute an Environmental Management Cell and committed to operate the proposed mine
with the objectives mentioned in approved Environment Policy (Copy of approved Environmental
Policy attached as Annexure XV). The system of reporting of Non Conformances/ violations of any
Environmental Law/Policy will be as per Quality Management System of the Company. The Internal
Audit will be conducted on periodic basis and any Non Conformances/violations to Environmental
Law will be closed and discussed during Management Review Meetings of the Board of
Directors/Partners.
6.1.1 Hierarchy
An EHS Manager will be appointed to look after all environmental issues and ensure compliance with
Environmental Clearance conditions/SPCB norms. An Assistant Manager and Executive Environment
Engineer will be appointed under the EHS Manager. EHS Manager will report to the Lessee directly
and discuss the non-compliance if so any. An immediate solution will be arrived to ensure compliance
with norms. Environment Policy has been approved by M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises and they
assured that the company will comply accordingly.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Ganga River, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 113 (Chapter-6)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
Figure 6.1: Hierarchy of Environment System for Dealing Environmental Issues
6.1.2 Responsibilities for Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:
Environmental Monitoring of the surrounding area
Developing the green belt/Plantation
Ensuring minimal use of water
Proper implementation of pollution control measures
Access the risk area
Implementation of Quality Management System.
Conducting internal audits,
Closing of Non Conformances and conducting Management Review Meetings.
6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE
Monitoring shall confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct
measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and concentrations of
discharges and wastes, for measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or
targets. It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a sit
using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-
economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.
The key aims of environmental monitoring are:
To ensure that results/ conditions are as forecast during the planning stage, and where they are
not, to pinpoint the cause and implement action to remedy the situation.
To verify the evaluations made during the planning process, in particular with risk and impact
assessments and standards and target setting and to measure operational and process
efficiency.
SUPERVISOR
HORTICULTURIST
ENVIRONMENT EXECUTIVE
ASST. MANAGER (ENVIRONMENT)
MANAGER (EHS)
Mining of Balu/Sand at Ganga River, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 114 (Chapter-6)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
Monitoring will also be required to meet compliance with statutory and corporate
requirements.
Finally, monitoring results provide the basis for auditing, i.e. to identify unexpected changes.
6.3 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES AND PARAMETERS
Table 6.1: Monitoring Methodologies and Parameters
Attributes Sampling Measurement
Method Test Procedure
A. Air Environment Network Frequency
Meteorology Wind speed Wind direction Dry bulb temperature Wet bulb temperature Relative humidity Rainfall
Minimum 1 site in the project
impact area
Regularly in
one season by
Weather
Monitoring
Station
Mechanical/ automatic
weather station
-
Pollutants PM10
15 locations in
the project
impact area
(Minimum 2
locations in
upwind side,
more sites in
downwind side
/ impact zone).
Revised
National
Ambient Air
Quality
Standards
(NAAQS) vide
MoEF circular,
dated
16.11.2009
Gravimetric
method -
SO2
EPA Modified
West and
Geake method
Absorption in
Potassium Tetra
Chloromercurate
followed by
Colorimetric
estimation using P-
Rosaniline
hydrochloride and
Formaldehyde (IS:
5182 Part - II). NO2
Arsenite
modified Jacob
and Hochheiser
Absorption in dill
NaOH and then
estimated
colorimetrically
with
sulphanilamide and
N (I-Nepthyle)
Ethylene diamine
Dihydrochloride
and Hydrogen
Peroxide (CPCB
Method).
B. Water Environment pH, Turbidity, Colour,
Odour, Taste, TDS, Total Hardness,
Calcium hardness,
Magnesium hardness,
Chloride, Fluoride,
Sulphate, Nitrates,
Alkalinity, Iron, Copper,
Manganese, Mercury,
Cadmium, Selenium,
Set of grab
samples during
pre and post-
monsoon for
ground and
surface water for
10 km distance.
Diurnal and
Season wise As per IS
10500- Samples for water
quality should be
collected and
analyzed as per : IS : 2488 (Part 1-5)
methods for
sampling and testing
of Industrial
effluents Standard methods
for examination of
Mining of Balu/Sand at Ganga River, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 115 (Chapter-6)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE
Regular Monitoring of all the environmental parameters viz, air, water, noise and soil as per the
formulated program based on CPCB and MoEF&CC guidelines will be carried out every year in order
to detect any changes from the baseline status.
Table 6.2: Monitoring Schedule
S. No. Description Schedule Of Monitoring
1. Air Quality Quarterly
2. Water Quality (Surface and Ground Water) Half Yearly
3. Noise Level Quarterly
4. Soil Quality Yearly
5. Socio-economic Condition Once in 3 Years
6. Plantation Monitoring Once in a season
Arsenic, Cyanide,
Lead, Zinc,
Chromium,
Aluminum, Boron,
Phenolic compounds
water and
wastewater analysis
published by
American Public
Health Association.
C. Noise
Noise levels at Day
and night time -Leq dB
(A)
Mine Boundary,
High noise
generating areas
within the lease
Quarterly As per CPCB
norms As per CPCB norms
D. Soil pH, Bulk Density, Soil
texture, Nitrogen,
Available Phosphorus,
Potassium, Calcium,
Magnesium, Sodium,
Electrical Conductivity,
Organic Matter, Chloride
15 locations
in the project
impact area.
Yearly As per CSSRI,
IISWC
Method
As per CSSRI,
IISWC Method
E. Socioeconomic Status
Network Frequency Measurement
Method Test Procedure
Demographic structure
Infrastructure resource
base
Economic resource base
Health status: Morbidity
pattern
Cultural and aesthetic
attributes
Education
Socio-
economic
survey is
based on
proportionate,
stratified and
random
sampling
method
Yearly Primary data
collection
through
questionnaire
Secondary data
from census
records, statistical
hard books, topo
sheets, health
records and relevant
official records
available with Govt.
agencies
Ecological Impact
Green Belt
Development
Conservation of
Wild Life
Survey Yearly Primary data
collection. Secondary data
from statistical hard
books, toposheets
and relevant official
records available
with Govt. agencies
Mining of Balu/Sand at Ganga River, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 116 (Chapter-6)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
6.5 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS
The location of the monitoring stations was selected on the basis of prevailing micro meteorological
conditions of the area like; wind direction and wind speed, relative humidity, temperature. Locations
for the post project monitoring shall be as under-
Table 6.3: Locations of Monitoring Stations
S. No. Description Location
1. Ambient Air Quality Lease area, Villages in downwind direction from the Lease
Boundary
2. Noise Level Monitoring Lease Boundary, High noise generating areas within the
lease boundary
3. Water Level and Quality Nearby Surface and Ground water sources
4. Soil Quality Lease area and Villages within study area.
Reporting Schedule during Operation of Mine
After completion of analysis, copies of all the analysis reports will be sent to MoEF&CC Regional
Office and SPCB. Copies of the reports will be maintained in the office and will be made available to
the concerned inspecting authorities.
6.6 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR MONITORING
The cost of the project is Rs. 81.9 Crore and a budget for monitoring of Air, water, Noise and Soil
will be Rs. 2.0 Lakhs per year to be incurred by the project proponent for undertaking pollution
prevention measures during the mining activity.
6.7 SUMMARY
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standards, regular monitoring of
various environmental components is necessary which will complied as per conditions. For this the
lessee M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises has taken decision to formulate an Environment Policy of the
mine and constitute an Environmental Management Cell and committed to operate the proposed mine
with the objectives mentioned in approved Environment Policy. EMP may also require measurement
of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a sit using ecological/biological, physical and
chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison
activities or even assessment of complaints. Regular Monitoring of all the environmental parameters
viz., air, water, noise and soil as per the formulated program based on CPCB and MoEF&CC
guidelines will be carried out every year. The location of the monitoring stations was selected on the
basis of prevailing micro meteorological conditions of the area like; wind direction and wind speed,
relative humidity, temperature. A budget for monitoring of Air, water, Noise and Soil will be Rs. 2.0
Lakhs per year to be incurred by the project proponent for undertaking pollution prevention measures
during the mining activity.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 117 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER: 7
ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.0 GENERAL
Mining operations are associated with several potential hazards that affect adversely the human health and
environment. It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it effectively. The
mining operation will be taken up under the supervision and control of qualified staff including Mine
Manager (Grade I). Similarly Sand mines also have impending dangers and risk which need to be
addressed for which a disaster management plan has been prepared with an aim of taking precautionary
steps to avert disasters and also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the
minimum.
Nevertheless, the following natural/industrial problems may be encountered during the mining operation.
1. Inundation due to excessive rains.
2. Accidents by heavy machinery.
3. Slope failures at the mine faces etc.
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION
Public hearing is very significant part of the process of public participation envisaged under the
guidelines issued by MoEF&CC, Government of India. It facilitates involvement of all the stake holders
of the project which is essential for ensuring smooth running of project and benefitting all sections of
society in the process of economic development of the region. The public hearing of balu/sand mining
project viz. „Mining of Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) in all Balu Ghats of “Distt.-Nawada, Bihar” with
production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of sand by M/s. Jai Mata Dee Enterprises at Balu Ghats of District
Nawada, Bihar‟ was conducted on 12.03.2016 at 12:30 pm at Nagar Bhawan, Nawada. The minutes of
Public Hearing were approved on 12.03.2016 and it was submitted to the Secretary, MoEF&CC. The
details are appended herewith:
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 118 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
7.1.1 Public Hearing Advertisement
Figure 7.1: Dainik Jagran and The Times of India; Thursday, 11
th Feb 2016
7.1.2 Photographs of Public Hearing
Figure 7.2: Banner for Public Hearing
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 119 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 7.3: Members of SPCB, Haryana for Public Hearing
Figure 7.4: PP along with consultant giving the presentation
Figure 7.5: Local Public present for Public Hearing
7.1.3 Minutes of Public Hearing
Proceeding of public consultation ( minutes of meetings) of M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises for mining of
Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) at Balu Ghats of Ganga, Sakri River, Panchane River, Nati River, Tilaya
River, Thathar River and Dhanarjay River and Khuri River in District Nawada, Bihar for lease area
402.98 Ha. on 12.03.2016 at Nagar Bhawan, Nawada.
Approved proceeding of public consultation along with English translation is attached as Annexure XVI.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 120 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 7.1: Action Plan of the issues raised during Public Hearing and reply given by Project Proponent
S. No. Name of
Villager
Questions/Suggestions
by villagers
Reply Action Taken Fund Allocation
1. Shri Jitendra
Kumar,
Sarpanch
Gram
Panchayat
Aanti,
Nawada.
He asked that what are
the benefits to the
general public from this
project?
He also said that the
construction works are
being affected due to
absence of Balu/sand.
The consultant informed that the workers
of nearby villages will employment
opportunities and Govt. will get revenue.
BSPCB representative Shri Kumar said
that the mining of sand will be done only
after the completion of all legal processes
and in the same order this Public Hearing
is organized.
There will be requirement
of around 133 personnel
for this mining project.
Maximum employment for
foreman, skilled, semi-
skilled and unskilled
personnel will be given to
the local people as per the
availability and eligibility.
--
2. Shri Rajeev
Kumar Sinha,
Aadarsh Home
Developers,
Nawada
He suggested that the
vehicles should be
covered while
transportation of
balu/sand in order to
control pollution during
the excavation and
transportation and
water sprinkling
facility in the mining
area and on the roads
should be arranged.
The consultant replied that the same will
be followed.
All vehicles will be
covered by tarpaulin sheets
while transportation of
Sand/Balu. Haul roads
employed in transportation
will be maintained and
repaired.
25 KLD water will be
provided only for water
sprinkling for dust
suppression on the haul
roads and in the mining
lease area.
Rs. 5.00 Lakhs
per annum is
proposed for haul
road repair and
maintenance
under EMP.
Rs. 3.25 Lakhs
per annum is
proposed for
sanitation and
drinking water
under ESR.
3. Shri Manish
Kumar,
Director
Aadarsh
Bricks, Vijay
Nagar,
Nawada.
He said that the
production of bricks is
delayed due the
absence of sand and
also the selling of
already produced
bricks is stopped due to
BSPCB officer Shri Kumar informed that
Balu/Sand mining will be started soon
after the completion of all the legal
processes and formalities.
-- --
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 121 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
delay in construction
works.
4. Shri Brajendra
Kushwaha (Ex.
Sarpanch,
Devki Bigha),
Nawada.
He said that due to
absence of Balu/Sand
Mining the level of
riverbed have become
high which may cause
floods in the rainy
season. Hence, sand
mining is necessary so
that the development
work is not interrupted.
He also said that
plantation is also
required for the
conservation of
environment.
The consultant said that the Balu/sand
mining will be started once after the
completion of all legal formalities.
Plantation will be done along the
roadsides and inside the Govt. school
premises.
--
It is proposed to plant 5000
Nos. of native species trees
per annum along with
some fruit bearing and
medicinal trees during the
plan period.
--
Rs. 12.00 Lakh
per annum is
proposed for
plantaion under
EMP.
5. Shri Abhishek
Kumar Sinha
(reporter), Shri
Alok Kumar
Mishra, Shri
Brahmchari
Prasad and
Shri Bharat
Bhushan,
Nawada.
They also requested
that considering the end
of the Financial year
the Balu/Sand Mining
should be started as
early as possible so that
the local workers may
get employment
opportunities and the
interrupted construction
work may get started
The consultant said that the Balu/sand
mining will be started once after the
completion of all legal formalities.
Shri Manoj Kumar (I.A.S.) D.C. Nawada
said that the Balu/Sand mining can be
started only after completion of all legal
formalities. The lease/settlement holder
has to pay 2% of the annual contract
money as Separate Corpus Fund for
Social and Economical development.
This amount will be used for water
supply, organizing health checkup camps
and forestation under social forestry to
--
As per the New Sand
Policy of Bihar, the Lease
holders have to pay 2% of
the annual contract money
as Separate Corpus Fund
for Social and Economical
development.
--
2% of the annual
contract money
i.e. Rs. 15,32,000
as Separate
Corpus Fund for
Social and
Economical
development.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 122 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
the villages in the lease area. Water
sprinkling will be carried out and the
transportation of sand will be done only
by covered vehicles in order to control
pollution. The mining operations will be
done according to the rules laid by Govt.
6. The Environmental Clearance of the project was encouraged with the suggested efficient system of pollution control measures as water
sprinkling, transportation of Balu/sand with covered vehicles, plantation etc. during the operation of mining. After that the Public
Hearing ended with vote of thanks to the chairman.
7.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal activities abruptly. Similar inside river bed mines also have risks
which need to be addressed for which a disaster management plan has been formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disasters
and also take such action after disasters which limits the damage to minimum. In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable
risks during the operational phase of the mining, maximum credible accident analysis and consequences analysis are addressed either qualitatively
or quantitatively.
Risk assessments will help mine operators to identify high, medium and low risk levels. This is a requirement of the Occupational Health and
Safety Act 2000. Risk assessments will help to priorities the risks and provide information on the need to safely control the risks. In this way, mine
owners and operators will be able to implement safety improvements. The following natural/industrial problem may be encountered during the
mining operation.
Inundation: Filling of the mine pit due to excessive rains
Slope failures at the mine faces or stacks
Accident due to fire (in forested areas)
As per proposal made under the mining plan the area will be developed by means of opencast mining method. Extraction of minerals is to be
carried out by open cast mechanized method. Water table will not be touched during the mining process. No high risk accidents like landslides,
subsidence flood etc have been apprehended.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 123 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
7.2.1 Risks due to Inundation
Mining will be done during the non-monsoon periods (October-June); therefore problem of inundation is
not likely to happen.
7.2.2 Risks Due to Failure of Pit Slope
In order to allay dangers due to open cast slope failure, final pit, slope stability estimations will be made
for the existing mines. Determining the factor of safety, the slopes should be monitored at regular
intervals to check for any possible failure.
7.2.3 Risks due to Failure of Waste Dumps
During extraction of sand from mining areas silt and clay will also be removed in form of waste materials.
The excavated silt and clay will be used for backfilling of the pits. Therefore there is no risk associated
with failure of waste dumps.
7.2.4 Risks of Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers
Identifying the hazards that come along with the presence of vehicles at the workplace (e.g. reversing
operations, loading) can cause harm if not properly handled. Among some of the factors that may make
vehicle accidents more likely are:
Rough access roads
Time pressure
Inadequate brakes (Possibly from lack of maintenance)
Carelessly parked vehicles (e.g. being parked on a slope without being adequately secured)
Unsafe coupling and uncoupling of trailers, and
Untrained drivers
Overturning vehicles
To avoid such instances we will talk to the workers and their representatives and will involve them in the
risk assessment process and tell them what to do, to reduce risk. All transportation within the mine lease
area should be carried out directly under the supervision and control of management.
The vehicles will be maintained in good working condition and checked thoroughly at least once
a month by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management.
Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the main road (wherever
required)
To avoid danger while reversing the vehicles especially at working place/loading points, stopper
should be posted to properly guide reversing/spotting operating.
Only trained drivers will be hired.
7.3 DISASTERS AND ITS MANAGEMENT
Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the
public at large. A worker in a mine will be able to work under conditions, which are adequately safe and
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 124 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
healthy. At the same time the environmental conditions also will not impair his working efficiency. This
is possible only when there is adequate safety in mines. Hence mine safety is one of the most essential
aspects of any working mine. The safety of the mine and the employees is taken care of by the Mines Act
1952, which is well defined with laid down procedure to ensure safety and constantly monitored and
supervised by Directorate General of Mines Safety and Department of Mines, State Government.
7.3.1 Identification of Hazards
There are various factors, which can create disaster in sand mine. These hazards are as follows:
a) Inundation / Flooding.
b) Quick Sand Condition.
c) Drowning.
d) Accident due to vehicular movement.
e) Accident during sand loading, transporting and dumping.
The mining activity has several disaster prone areas. A check list depicting likely disaster/risk events due
to the sand mining activity is presented in Table 7.2 and identification network for hazards are depicted in
Figure 7.1. Accidents occur due to negligence, poor workmanship and unskilled persons.
Table 7.2 (a): Check List for Likely Risks in Sand Mines
S. No. Activities Human Risk Ecological Risk
Probability of
Occurrence
Consequence Risk level Land Air Water
1. Sand Loading Possible Critical 6 0 0 0
2. Sand Transport Possible Critical 6 0 0 0
3. Sand Dumping and
Storage
Possible Critical 6 0 1 0
4. Inundation/Flooding Possible Minor 3 1 0 0
5. Quick Sand
Condition
Possible Minor 3 0 0 0
6. Drowning Possible Critical 4 0 0 0
7. Vehicular Movement High Critical 8 1 2 0
7.3.2 Sand Loading
The sand is loaded in the trucks using hand shovels and back-hoe. There are possibilities of injury in the
hands during loading with shovels and staying under bucket movement.
i. There are possibilities that the workers standing on the other side of loading may get injury due to
over thrown sands with pebbles.
ii. There are possibilities of workers getting injured during opening of side covers of the trucks to
facilitate sand loading.
iii. There are possibilities of riverbank collapse due to close proximity of sand extraction.
iv. There are chances of falling of cattle/children into sand pit in river bed-- instances of death due to
fall in such pits were reported from other areas to the Department of Mines.
v. Chance of workers getting injured due to improper balancing of truck while loading.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 125 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
7.3.3 Sand Transport
The sands loaded in 25 Tons trucks are being sent to the collieries through public roads.
i. All possibilities of road accidents are possible.
ii. Accident may also occur during movement in the mine (sand dunes).
7.3.4 Sand Dumping and Storage
i. There are possibilities of the trucks rolling/ sliding down the sand bunker during dumping
operation.
ii. The dumper /trucks may cause injury to the workers working near the stowing plant.
iii. Dumping the sand in an empty sand bunker may cause injury to the stowing operator if the
bunker chute is in open condition.
iv. Dumping the sand in an empty sand bunker may cause burying the stowing machineries if the
bunker chute is in open condition.
Figure 7.6: Identification of Hazards in Mine
7.3.5 Heavy Machinery
Most of the accidents occur during transportation by dumpers, trucks and other heavy vehicles and are
often attributable to mechanical failures, in which the factor of human errors cannot be ruled out.
7.3.6 Inundation / Flooding
i. The possibility of inundation/flooding of the sand mines are very high during monsoon or during
heavy rains in lean season as the mine area lies over the sand dunes of a riverbed.
ii. There are dangers to the trucks and other machineries due to flooding.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 126 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
iii. There are dangers to the workers working in the sand dunes.
Inundation or flooding is expected and beneficial for these sand mines as during this time only the sand
reserve gets replenished.
7.3.7 Quick Sand Condition
i. This condition occurs when the working crosses the water table at a certain depth and the
permeability of the strata is very high.
ii. This condition occurs when the effective stress in the sand becomes zero due to influx of water i.e.,
i = icr = ϒ‟/ϒw; where i = Hydraulic gradient, icr = Critical Hydraulic gradient, ϒ = submerged
unit weight, ϒw = unit weight of water.
iii. This creates danger condition to the trucks and other machineries plying over the sand dunes.
7.3.8 Drowning
There are possibilities of drowning in the deeper part of the river. However safety jackets, floating tube
will be kept at the site office to prevent any mishap.
7.3.9 Mitigation of Hazards
7.3.9.1 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Loading.
i. The trucks will be brought to a level so that the sand loading operation suits to the ergonomic
condition of the workers and the back-hoe.
ii. The loading will be done from one side of the truck only.
iii. The workers will be provided with gloves and safety shoes during loading.
iv. Opening of the side covers (pattas) will be done carefully and with warning to prevent injury to
the loaders.
v. No sand will be collected within 7.5m from bank, especially from outer bank of the meandering
river. Safe clearance will be mainly determined by the height of the river bank and thickness of
sand to be extracted from the close vicinity of that bank.
vi. Ponding in the river bed shall not be allowed.
vii. Operations during daylight only.
viii. No foreign material (garbages) will be allowed to remain/spill in river bed and catchment area, or
no pits/pockets are allowed to be filled with such material.
ix. Stockpiling of harvested sand on the river bank will be avoided.
x. For particular operations, approaching river bed from both the banks will be avoided.
xi. Digging inside river bank within 500m for pit sand and gravel, and also taking anything from that
zone for construction of access ramps, will be strictly prohibited.
7.3.9.2 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Transportation.
i. All transportation within the main working will be carried out directly under the supervision and
control of the management.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 127 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
ii. The Vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by
the competent person authorized for the purpose by the Management.
iii. Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point especially for the guidance of the
drivers at the evening/night.
iv. To avoid danger while reversing the trackless vehicles especially at the embanKment and tipping
points, all workers will be removed from all areas for reversing of lorries, and the vehicle will
have audio-visual alarm during reversing.
v. A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go along way in
reducing the incidents of such accidents.
vi. Generally, overloading will not be permitted. The truck will be covered and maintained to prevent
any spillage.
vii. The maximum permissible speed limit will be ensured.
viii. The truck drivers will have proper driving license.
7.3.9.3 Safety Features Required in Tippers/Trucks
a) Exhaust/ Retard Brake: Required as per DGMS circular 02 of 2004.
b) Propeller shaft guard: Propeller shaft guard as per DGMS circular 10 of 1999.
c) Tail gate protection: Protection of cabin against collision either by head to head or head to tail.
d) Limiting speed device: To ensure speed limits as decided by management. The device may be
Electronic or mechanical type speed governors.
e) Reverse gear for audio-visual alarm: The audio-visual alarm provided for equipments will confirm to
DGMS (Tech.) Tests to be carried out on the audio-visual alarm and certificates shall be issued to
user industries.
f) Provision of two brakes: One of brakes shall be fail safe and for details refer DGMS circular 09 of
1999.
g) Body lifting position locking arrangement: A hooter along with an indication may be provided to
show the body is lifted.
h) Fire suppression System: Semi-automatic fire suppression system. For details refer DGMS circular 10
of 2004. The fire suppression system shall be a factory fitment.
i) Blind spot mirror: Better view of front blind spot by operator.
j) Retro reflective reflectors on all sides: For visibility of truck during night
k) Seat belt reminder: To alert operator for using the seat belt
l) Proximity warning device: To alert operator
m) Rear Vision System: For assisting operator to have back view during reversing
n) Auto dipping System: To reduce glaring of eyes of operator during night
o) Load Indicator and Recorder: Enables management to detect and prevent over loading.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 128 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
p) Global Positioning system: To prevent illegal transport and selling of sand, restricting short-cut routes
other than stipulated routes and computerized monitoring.
7.3.9.4 Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Dumping and Storage
i. The Stowing Sand bunkers will be covered by steel grizzly (netting) to prevent inadvertent fall of
human being or the vehicles during dumping operation.
ii. The dumping will be done only when the chute of the sand bunker is in closed condition or partially
filled.
iii. The vehicles/trucks will not be brought over the grizzly.
iv. There will be a duly constructed berm made up of concrete or other material to prevent the rear
wheels come/roll over the grizzly of sand bunker.
v. Dozers are used near the sand bunkers to maintain the safety bern and to push material over the edge
as required.
vi. The dumping operation will be done under strict supervision.
7.3.9.5 Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks/ Dumpers etc.
i. All transportation within applied mining lease working will be carried out directly under the
supervision and control of the management.
ii. The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a month
by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management.
iii. Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the main road (wherever
required).
iv. To avoid danger while reversing the equipment‟s/ vehicles especially at the working place / loading
points, stopper will be posted to properly guide reversing/ spotting operating, otherwise no person
will be there within 10 Km radius of machine.
v. A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing
the incidents of such accidents.
vi. Regular training will be provided to the operators by the Company or the Contractors.
7.3.9.6 Measures to Prevent Dangerous Incidents during Inundation/Flooding
i. Inundation or flooding is expected and beneficial for these sand mines as during this time only the
sand reserve gets replenished.
ii. During monsoon months and heavy rains the sand mining operations are ceased.
iii. The Trucks and other vehicle plying over the dunes will be kept on the river banks beyond HFL.
iv. The workers are not allowed to go over the dunes during heavy rains.
v. There will be mechanism/warning system of heavy rains and discharges from the upstream dams.
7.3.9.7 Measures to Prevent Quick Sand Condition
i. The only way to avoid quick sand condition is by avoiding sand lifting below water table.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 129 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
ii. The critical hydraulic gradient (ICR) will be maintained at less than 1 to prevent high artesian
pressure in a coarse sand area.
iii. At least 0.5m sand bed will be left in-situ while harvesting sand from riverbed.
7.3.9.8 Measures to Prevent Drowning
i. The sand mining will be done under strict supervision.
ii. The workers are not allowed to go to the deeper areas of the rivers.
iii. The workers are not allowed to fish in the river during working hours.
iv. In case it is required to cross the river, it is done under strict supervision and over the shallow area
using life lines.
v. Few life jackets, inflated tubes will be kept near the mine site.
7.3.10 Training and Human Resources Development
i. Appointment and delegating qualified and experienced personnel in various disciplines.
ii. Adequate training/refresher training will be provided to the supervisors, workers keeping in view
provisions of Mines Vocational Training Rules, 1966; Mine Rules, 1955, Mines Rescue Rules, 1985.
iii. Personnel who have to operate and maintain HEMM, Trucks etc are to be trained under the guidance
of the manufacturers and as per provisions of DGMS Circular Technical 1/1989 regarding accidents
in opencast mines. Recommendation of Seventh Conference on Safety in Mines on “Safety in Open
Cast Mining”, “Traffic Rules and Procedures”, “Mobile equipments and Highway Delivery
Vehicles”, “Operations and Operator Training” and other related circulars.
iv. The training of mine personnel shall be provided regularly with respect to environmental protection.
v. Special courses for employees will be arranged for afforestation, revegetation, reclamation, health
hazards (identification), malaria eradication, HIV prevention etc in the training centre of the
company.
7.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS
Dry-pit mining by open cast method involves dust generation by excavation, loading and transportation of
mineral. At site, during excavation and loading activity, dust is main pollutant which affects the health of
workers whereas environmental and climatic conditions also generate the health problems. Addressing the
occupational health hazard means gaining an understanding of the source (its location and magnitude or
concentration), identifying an exposure pathway (e.g. a means to get it in contact with someone), and
determination of likely a receptor (someone receiving the stuff that is migrating). Occupational hazard
due to sand mining mainly comes under the physical hazards. Possible physical hazards are as below
mention:
7.4.1 Physical Hazards Due To Mining Operations
Following health related hazards were indentified due to riverbed sand mining operations to the workers:
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 130 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
a) Light: The workers may be exposed to the risk of poor illumination or excessive brightness. The
effects are eye strain, headache, eye pain and lachrymation, congestion around the cornea and eye
fatigue.
b) Heat and Humidity: The most common physical hazard is heat. The direct effects of heat exposure
are burns, heat exhaustion, heat stroke and heat cramps; the indirect effects are decreased
efficiency, increased fatigue and enhanced accident rates. Heat and humidity are encountered in hot
and humid condition when temperatures and air temperatures increase in summer time up to 480C
or above in the river bed mining area.
c) Eye Irritation: During the high windy days in summer the sand could be the problems for eyes like
itching and watering of eyes.
d) Respiratory Problems: Large amounts of dust in air can be a health hazard, exacerbating
respiratory disorders such as asthma and irritating the lungs and bronchial passages.
e) Noise Induced Hearing Loss: Machinery is the main source of noise pollution at the mine site.
7.4.2 Medical Examination Schedule
To minimize the health impacts PPE like dust masks, ear plugs/ muffs and other equipments will be
provided for use by the work personnel. All workers will be subjected to Initial Medical Examination as
per Mines Rule 1955 at the time of appointment. Periodical Medical Examination will be conducted at
least once in five years. Medical camps will be organized. The detail of health check up and periodical
medical examination schedule is given below.
Table 7.2(b): Medical Examination Schedule
S. No Activities 1st Year 2
nd Year 3
rd Year 4
th Year 5
th Year
1. Initial Medical Examination (Mine Workers)
A. Physical Check -up - - - -
B. Psychological Test - - - -
C. Audiometric Test - - - -
D. Respiratory Test
2. Periodical Medical Examination (Mine Workers)
A. Physical Check -up -
B. Audiometric Test -
C. Eye Check -up -
D. Respiratory Test -
3. Medical Camp (Mine Workers
and Nearby Villagers
-
4. Training (Mine Workers)
Note: Medical Follow Ups Work force will be divided into three targeted groups age wise as follows:
Age Group PME as per Mine Rule 1955 Special Examination
Less than 25 years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies
Between 25 to 40 Years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 131 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Above 40 years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies
7.5 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR SCHEDULED FAUNA
A. Conservation plan for Indian Peafowl (Peacock)
Zoological name–Pavo cristatus
Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a very familiar bird and also recognized as National Bird of
India Asiatic peafowl like the Indian Blue Peafowl and especially the Green Peafowl occupy a similar
niche as the roadrunners, secretary bird and seriema. All of these birds hunt for small animals including
arthropods on the ground and tall grass and minnows in shallow streams. Because of human
encroachment into their natural territories, peafowl and humans have come into increasing contact.
Because of their natural beauty some are reluctant to classify the birds as pests, but their presence can be
disturbing.
CLASSIFICATION
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Class: Aves
Order: Galliformes
Family: Phasianidae
Genus: Pavo
Species: Pavo cristatus
Vernacular name: Mor or Peacock
Conservation Status
IUCN: Others (LC) ver. 3.1
IWPA: Schedule I.
CITES: Not listed.
Geographical Distribution: Pakistan, India and Sri Lanka. Many feral populations exist throughout the
world.
Description of Pavo cristatus: The male, known as a peacock, is a large bird with a length from bill to
tail of 100 to 115 cm (40 to 46 inches) and to the end of a fully grown train as much as 195 to 225 cm (78
to 90 inches) and weigh 4–6 kg (8.8–13.2 lbs). The females, or peahens, are smaller at around 95 cm
(38 inches) in length and weigh 2.75–4 kg (6–8.8 lbs). Indian Peafowl are among the largest and heaviest
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 132 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
representatives of the Phasianidae family. Their size, colour and shape of crest make them unmistakable
within their native distribution range. The male is metallic blue on the crown, the feathers of the head
being short and curled. The fan-shaped crest on the head is made of feathers with bare black shafts and
tipped with bluish-green webbing. A white stripe above the eye and a crescent shaped white patch below
the eye are formed by bare white skin. The sides of the head have iridescent greenish blue feathers. The
back has scaly bronze-green feathers with black and copper markings. The scapular and the wings are
buff and barred in black, the primaries are chestnut and the secondary are black. The tail is dark brown
and the train is made up of elongated upper tail coverts (more than 200 feathers, the actual tail has only 20
feathers) and nearly all of these feathers end with an elaborate eye-spot. A few of the outer feathers lack
the spot and end in a crescent shaped black tip. The underside is dark glossy green shading into blackish
under the tail. The thighs are buff colored. The male has a spur on the leg above the hind toe. Peacocks
are polygamous and the breeding season is spread out but appears to be dependent on the rains. Several
males may congregate at a leek site and these males are often closely related. Males at leek appear to
maintain small territories next to each other and they allow females to visit them and make no attempt to
guard harems. Females do not appear to favour specific males. Peafowl are omnivorous and eat seeds,
insects, fruits and reptiles. A large percentage of their food is made up of the fallen berries. Around
cultivated areas, peafowl feed on a wide range of crops such as groundnut, tomato, paddy, etc. Around
human habitations, they feed on a variety of food scraps. In the countryside, it is particularly partial to
crops and garden plants.
Habitat: The Indian Peafowl is found mainly on the ground in open scrub forest or on land under
cultivation where they forage for berries, grains but will also prey on snakes, lizards and small rodents.
Their loud calls make them easy to detect and in forest areas often indicate the presence of a predator
such as a tiger. They forage on the ground in small groups and will usually try to escape on foot through
undergrowth and avoid flying, though they will fly into tall trees to roost. The bird has a celebrated status
in Indian mythology and hence protected culturally in India. The Indian Peafowl is listed as Least
Concern by IUCN.
Peafowl Behavior
Peacocks are gregarious by nature. In the breeding season they are usually seen in small parties of one
male with three to five females whereas in the non breeding season they remain in separate parties of
adult males and females with juveniles. Peacocks roost in tall trees and emerge from the dense thickets to
feed in fields and openings in forests and fields.
Life Cycle
Voice/Call: Kee-ow, Kee-ow, Kee-ow, Ka-an, Ka-an, Ka-an, Kok-kok, Kok-kok, cain-kok
Breeding: April-September.
Nest site: On ground in undergrowth (wild), on buildings by semi-feral birds in villages.
Life Span: The life expectancy is about 10-15 years.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 133 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Food Habit: Peacocks are ground feeders. Indian peafowl‟s do most of their foraging early in the
morning and shortly before sunset. They retreat to the shade and security of the trees for the hottest
portion of the day. They make a meal of grains, berries drupes wild figs and some cultivated crops. They
can also eat insect‟s small reptiles and small mammals.
Relationship with Man
The great beauty and popularity of the Indian Peafowl has ensured its protection throughout its native
ranges. It is a National bird of India. The peafowl is prominent in the mythology and folklore of the
Indian people. The Hindus consider the bird to be sacred because of its association with Lord Krishna
who used to wear its feather as crown (Mor Mokut). It is also associated with the God Kartikeya, son of
the Lord Shiva and Parvati and brother of Lord Ganesh. It is Vaahan (transport) of Lord Kartikeya. This
long and close association with humans has proven the peafowl‟s adaptability to human altered
landscapes. In villages where it is protected it becomes quite tame, but is very shy and secretive where
hunted. In the buffer area of mine site peacock is generally protected by the local people.
Threats in the Study Area: No perceptible threats were identified in the villages surveyed. Village
residents are against hunting or poaching of the peafowl, due to culture and mythology reasons. Adult
peafowl can usually escape ground predators by flying into trees.
a) Foraging in groups provides some safety as there are more eyes to look out for predators.
b) Habitat loss, specially the shortage of tall trees in and around the villages for roosting and for
providing shade during hot summer months.
c) Shortage of drinking water for the birds during the hot summer days.
d) Casualties caused by eating chemically treated agricultural crop seeds.
e) Illegal hunting by some communities.
Conservation through Habitat Improvement and Awareness: Habitat improvement programme will
be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree species in the surrounding villages. While selecting the
tree/ shrub species care shall be provided for beery plants which attract these birds. During summer
period, villagers will be encouraged to use the old earthen pots to fill with water for drinking these birds.
Summer is the time when these. Birds are facing shortage of feeds; there by supplying the feed like Bajri,
Juwar, Maize to the identified villages will suffix the problem of food shortage. The proponent can
directly supply these feed to the villages directly or by funding to the NGOs active in this mission.
Feeding and Watering Arrangement: Artificial water holes will be created along the natural drained
nallahs which can sufficient drinking water up to summer of the region. An anicut and open wall will be
created by the company as their community development programme involving the local panchayats in
this work. Proposition for the suitable place to increase population of birds near plant nursery and office
plantation will help. Provision for artificial nests, feeding trays and water troughs is under consideration.
To support furgivorous birds, artificial feed like wild fruits and vegetables will be provided.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 134 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Direct and indirect approach is required to provide effective conservation, which is recommended as
under:
i) Increasing the tree cover in the buffer area for shelter and roosting of peacocks. This will be achieved
by planting of tree groves (a group of trees that grow close together, generally without many bushes
or other plants) in buffer area. Some local species such as Neem, Siris, Amaltash, Ardu, Shesham,
Dhak, Peepal tree etc. will be plant. Planting of tree groves in school compounds in the villages of
buffers area will be plant as per the plantation programme.
ii) By conducting awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of peacocks in
the area and also through organizing competitions during Wildlife Week and Van Mahotsave
celebrations.
iii) Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade in wildlife.
iv) Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and population status of the
species.
v) Provision of veterinary care and cages for injured or sick or deformed birds.
vi) Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in nearby area of peacock
populations and to promote conservation of peacock habitats.
vii) Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated to ecological
ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented with the help of and in the consultation of
the district forest department, Nawada.
viii) With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching, smuggling and
illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India enacted Wild Life (Protection)
Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and punishment and penalty for offences under the
Act have been made more stringent.
B. Conservation plan for Jackal
Jackal (Canis aureus)
Jackal (Canis aureus), also called the Asiatic, Oriental or Common Jackal. It is the largest of the
jackals and the only species to occur outside Africa.
Classification
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Class: Mammalia
Order: Carnivora
Family: Canidae
Genus Canis
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 135 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Species: Canis aureus
Conservation Status
IUCN: Others (LC) ver 3.1
IWPA: Schedule II.
CITES: Appendix-II.
Geographical Distribution: The golden jackal occurs in North and East Africa, Southeastern
Europe and South Asia, including India to Myanmar.
Habitat: Golden jackal is a terrestrial species and the most northerly of jackal species and also
the most widely distributed. It overlaps biotopes only with the black backed jackal in East
African savannas. Golden jackals prefer dry open country, arid short grasslands, scrub forests
and steppe landscapes.
Food: Golden jackals are omnivores, opportunistic feeders. They consume 54% animal food and
46% plant food. They are opportunistic foragers with a very varied diet, which consists of
monkeys, rodents, (especially during winter), hares, often kills deer calves, ground birds and
their eggs, reptiles, frogs, fish, insects and fruit. They take carrion on occasion.
Behavior: Golden jackals are strictly nocturnal in areas inhabited by humans, but may be partly
diurnal elsewhere. They dig caverns for shelter, or use crevices in rocks, or caverns that were
dug by other animals. The basic social unit of the golden jackal is a mated pair or a mated pair
and it‟s young. Golden Jackals have been known to appropriate the dens of Vulpes bengalensis,
conversely, jackals have been reported to vacate areas inhabited by the larger Gray Wolf.
Life span: Golden jackals live eight to nine years in the wild and up to sixteen in captivity.
Status: The golden jackal is prevalent and is not threatened. IUCN, Red List– Least Concern.
CITES – Appendix II and Schedule II (part-II) of the Wildlife (Protection) Act (1972).
Threats
Except in protected areas like National Parks and Sanctuaries, the jackal population is steadily
declining. Traditional land use practices, like livestock rearing and dry farming that were
conducive to the survival of jackals and other wildlife, are being steadily replaced by
industrialization and intensive agriculture; wilderness areas and rural landscapes are being
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 136 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
rapidly urbanized. Jackal populations adapt to some extent to this change and may persist for a
while, but eventually disappear from such areas like other wildlife. In Sonepat and Baghpat,
hunting by a nomadic population is one of the major threats to the species. There are no other
known threats. There is no significant trade in jackal products, although skins and tails are
occasionally sold. Little quantitative information is available on jackal densities, habitat use and
ranging patterns in relation to food availability. Information on dispersal, survival and mortality
factors of adults, pups and dispersing individuals is needed. Jackal ecology needs to be studied in
forested ecosystems of Southeast Asia where a different set of factors are likely to operate
affecting food availability, ranging patterns and survival. Aspects of canid diseases in relation to
population dynamics of Jackals and transmission need to be better understood.
Conservation measures
The people living in the surrounding area and employee of the company would be motivated
towards the protection of the animal. Motivation will lead to timely information to the concerned
authorities about any threat to wild life or any cases of pouching/hunting.
Education and Awareness: This is the most important aspect of wild life conservation. People
will be educated regarding the importance of wild life conservation through mass publicity by
installing sign-boards, conducting audio visual classes and distributing literature in respective
villages in the buffer zone. Experts in the field of wild life conservation will also be invited to
deliver talks through slides.
People Participation: With the help of the local people and employees of the Company watch
will be kept on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling. Forest and police department will be
informed if such incident occurs, to take legal action against the offenders. For this they will be
trained for motivation.
Sign-Boards: Sign-boards will be in English as well as in local language.
C. Conservation plan for Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi)
A mongoose is a member of the family of small cat-like, bold, agile carnivores. The word mongoose is
derived from the Marathi word mangus. Mongooses have a tapered head, long body, and short legs. They
are typically gray or brown with long, coarse hair that bristles when the animal is disturbed. The claws,
used for digging burrows, are quite strong and do not retract.
Classification
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Class: Mammalia
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 137 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Order: Carnivora
Family: Herpestidae
Genus: Herpestes
Taxon: Herpestes edwardii
Conservation Status
IUCN: Others (LC) ver 3.1
IWPA: Schedule II.
CITES: Appendix-III.
Geographical Distribution: Mongooses are widely distributed in Asia, Africa, the Caribbean, and
southern Europe.
Habitat: Mongooses live in a variety of habitats, but most often forests, open woodland, savanna, semi-
desert and desert. They can inhabit ground burrows, hollow trees, or crevices among rocks or roots.
Food: Mongooses are clever predators. They eat small mammals, rodents, birds, chickens, eggs, reptiles,
lizards, amphibians, crabs, snails, earthworms, insects, and sometimes fruit. However, they will also eat
carrion. Some species will attack and kill even the largest and most poisonous snakes even king cobras to
whose poison they are not immune, but typically avoid the cobra and have no particular affinity for
consuming their meat. Mongooses are also known to crack eggs by throwing them against a rock or onto
the ground.
Behaviour: The animals are usually active during the day, but some species are nocturnal. They can live
alone, in pairs, or in large groups, depending on the species. Litter size is two to four young. habitats from
forests to.
Life span: Mongooses live about 7 to 12 years in the wild, but in captivity they may live more than 20
years.
Threat
Their behaviour and small size (they weigh less than one kilogram) makes them very vulnerable to larger
carnivores and birds of prey. Their greatest threat is human use of toxic agro-chemicals in farming areas.
Some species of mongoose can be easily domesticated, are fairly intelligent, and can be taught simple
tricks, so they are often kept as pets to protect the home from vermin. However, they can be more
destructive than desired; when imported into the West Indies for the purpose of killing rats and snakes,
they destroyed most of the small, ground-based fauna. For this reason, it is illegal to import most species
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 138 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
of mongooses into the United States, Australia and other countries. Mongooses were introduced to
Hawaii in 1883, and have had a significant impact on native species. Mongooses are sometimes referred
to as the most dangerous animals on the planet for this reason.
Conservation
The people living in the surrounding area and employee of the company would be motivated towards the
protection of the animal. Motivation will lead to timely information to the concerned authorities about any
threat to wild life or any cases of pouching/hunting.
Education and Awareness: This is the most important aspect of wild life conservation. People will be
educated regarding the importance of wild life conservation through mass publicity by installing sign-
boards, conducting audio visual classes and distributing literature in respective villages in the buffer zone.
Experts in the field of wild life conservation will also be invited to deliver talks through slides.
People Participation: With the help of the local people and employees of the Company watch will be
kept on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling. Forest and police department will be informed if such
incident occurs, to take legal action against the offenders. For this they will be trained for motivation.
Sign-Boards: Sign-boards will be in English as well as in local language.
D. Conservation plan for Monkey (Rhesus macaque)
The rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta), is one of the best-known species of Old World monkeys. It is
listed as Least Concern in the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species in view of its wide distribution,
presumed large population, and its tolerance of a broad range of habitats. Native
to South, Central and Southeast Asia, troops of Macaca mulatta inhabit a great variety of habitats from
grasslands to arid and forested areas, but also close to human settlements.
Classification
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Class: Mammalia
Order: Primates
Family: Cercopithecidae
Genus: Macaca
Species: M. mulatta
Conservation Status
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 139 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
IUCN: Others (LC) ver 3.1.
IWPA: Schedule II.
CITES: Not listed.
Local names: Bandar, Monkey, Rhesus monkey.
Life span: 25 years
Gestation: 5.5 months (164 days)
Height: 531.8 mm (M), 468.8 mm (F)
Weight: 7.7 kg (M), 5.34 kg (F)
Native: Afghanistan; Bangladesh; Bhutan; China; India; Lao People's Democratic Republic; Myanmar;
Nepal; Pakistan; Thailand; Viet Nam
Geographical Distribution
The species as a whole is found throughout most of southern Asia, in eastern Afghanistan, Bangladesh,
Bhutan, central and southern China (Anhui, Fujian, Guangdong, Guangxi, Guizhou, Hebei, Henan, Hubei,
Hunan, Shaanxi, Sichuan, Tibet, and Yunnan, as well as the island of Hainan), northern and central India
(in the states of Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chattisgarh, Gujarat, Haryana,
Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir, Jharkand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Manipur, Meghalaya,
Mizoram, Nagaland, Orissa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Sikkim, Tripura, Uttaranchal, Uttar Pradesh and West
Bengal), Lao PDR, Myanmar, Nepal, northern Pakistan, northern Thailand, and Viet Nam.
Habitat
Because they are found in such a broad geographic area, it is difficult to concisely summarize the types of
habitats rhesus macaques populate. In the most general terms, they are found in both tropical and
temperate habitats including semi-desert, dry deciduous, mixed deciduous and bamboo, and temperate
forests as well as in tropical forests and mangrove swamps, usually at elevations from sea level to 2000 m
(6561 ft), but they have been seen at elevations up to 4000 m (13,123 ft) in China and northeastern India.
Rhesus macaques are also found in areas close to humans in urban settings or near cultivated fields. The
habitat includes primary and secondary tropical and dry evergreen forests and bamboo forests. In India,
rhesus macaques are found in flat, cultivated areas, where agricultural fields dominate the landscape and
in the plains, foothills and mountainous regions where habitat includes cultivated fields, tropical forests
and dry, deciduous forests. During the hottest parts of the year, groups in the Himalayan region of India
migrate to higher elevations where cooler temperatures persist throughout the summer months. In urban
areas of India, they are found on roadsides, canal banks, in railway stations, villages, towns, and temples.
It is estimated that 48.5% of rhesus macaques in northern India live in villages, towns, cities, temples and
railway stations where they are in close and frequent contact with people at all times. About 37.1% of the
population lives with some human contact on roadsides and canal banks and only 14.4% of the rhesus
macaques in the northern part of the country live in isolation from humans and do not rely on them at all
for food.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 140 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Ecology
Rhesus macaques are exceptionally adapted to coexisting with humans and thrive near human settlement,
in both urban and agricultural areas. It is impossible to characterize their natural diet without considering
the impact of humans. Because they are found in higher densities in areas of human disturbance compared
to forests, in some areas rhesus macaques derive, both directly and indirectly, a substantial part of their
diet from human activities. In fact, up to 93% of their diet can be from human sources, either from direct
handouts or from agricultural sources. Rhesus macaques are omnivores and feed on a wide array of plant
and invertebrate products. By raiding crops, they have access to a huge variety of cultivated fruits and
vegetables, and in highly urban areas, they forage by picking through garbage. Throughout their range
and especially in India, they inhabit temples and are fed as a form of worship by local people. Some of the
most common foods given to rhesus macaques in temples include bread, bananas, peanuts, seeds, other
fruits and vegetables, and assorted miscellaneous foods like ice cream and fried bread. In less human-
influenced areas, they focus on fruits, flowers, leaves, seeds, gums, buds, grass, clover, roots, bark, and
they supplement their diet with termites, grasshoppers, ants, beetles, and mushrooms. Rhesus macaques
also eat bird eggs, shellfish, and fish. During the driest parts of the year, they may even eat the dirt from
termite mounds. At higher elevations, where seasonal snowfall restricts food sources, rhesus macaques
are restricted to eating the leaves of evergreen trees and bark as well as a few berries that grow in winter.
During the winter months at high elevations, rhesus macaques suffer from food and climate stress and
have higher levels of mortality if the cold weather lasts too long.
Home range size and day range length is dependent on habitat in rhesus macaques. Temple, village, and
urban rhesus macaques have small home ranges between 0.01 and 3.0 Km² (0.004 and 1.16 mi²) in size
because they derive almost all of their food from human visitors leaving offerings, crop raiding,
or opportunistic foraging on human byproducts. The day ranges for these urbanized areas are variable but
the average is about 1.15 Km (0.715 mi). In more forested areas of India, home range size can be up to 15
Km² (5.79 mi²), but rhesus monkeys only move, on average, 1428 m (0.887 mi) per day. Both climate and
season affect the timing of the onset of daily activities as well as the type of activities undertaken. In the
warmest times of the year, rhesus macaques spend more time resting than during more temperate months.
Home ranges of rhesus macaques overlap and groups have high frequencies of intergroup contact, which
is characterized by generally mild social interactions. Across all habitat types, feeding and resting are the
major activities of the rhesus macaques' day and they spend the rest of their time travelling, grooming,
playing, and other activities. Potential predators of rhesus macaques include raptors, dogs, weasels,
leopards, tigers, sharks, crocodiles, and snakes
Social Organization and Behavior
Rhesus macaques live in large, multi-male/multi-female groups that have an average of 10 to 80
individuals, regardless of habitat type. Groups may number in the hundreds in mountainous areas and
areas of high human food subsidization or agricultural habitats. Rhesus groups are characterized
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 141 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
by female philopatry and male dispersal; females remain in their natal groups and form dominance
hierarchies according to their matrilineal kinship while males emigrate from their natal groups at the
beginning of the breeding season shortly before puberty, and may transfer groups throughout their lives in
search of mating opportunities. Female rhesus macaques very rarely leave their natal groups. Among
females, rank remains relatively stable over a lifetime and is passed on to female offspring. Each female
rises in rank above her older sister, and therefore when old, high-ranking females disappear or die, they
are usually replaced by their youngest daughters. One of the benefits of dominance for a rhesus macaque
is priority access to food and space. High-ranking females have greater access to feeding sites because
they displace lower-ranking females and they are less likely to be disturbed during feeding compared to
subordinates. Because they have cheek pouches, though, low-ranking females do not consume less food
than high-ranking females, they simply store as much as they can into their cheek pouches and then move
away from the group to eat. This method of feeding is more energetically expensive than remaining in the
same area while feeding, so low-ranking females may be consuming the same amount but using more
energy to consume it. Dominance status and rank among males is not stable over a lifetime, compared to
female rhesus macaques. Immature males inherit the rank of their mothers, but as they mature, their status
changes based upon a combination of social and aggressive skills. Aggression is sometimes used to
establish and reinforce social position, though, and aggressive behavior seen in macaques includes
slapping, pushing, pulling fur, tail yanking, and biting as well as other non-contact behaviors such as
displays and threats. Once males attain dominant status, they enjoy this rank for an average of two years
before being displaced by another male.
Reproduction
Females reach puberty around age three while males are sexually mature by age four. The ovarian
cycle lasts for 28 days and is characterized by the darkening of the skin surrounding the anogenital region
accompanied by menstruation. Estrus lasts for eight to 12 days, with the day of ovulation occurring at the
midpoint of the estrus period. Females have increased sexual activity during ovulation, exhibiting the
highest number of copulations seen during the ovarian cycle. Females reproduce from three until about 20
years of age. Males reach puberty between three and 3.5 years of age but do not reach adult body size
until about eight years old. Though males are capable of reproducing by age four, they are not
reproductively successful until after age eight, or when they reach adult size. During this time between
becoming sexually mature and when they begin to mate, young rhesus macaques are learning the social
skills, including fighting ability that will influence their success throughout their lives. Both males and
females reach sexual maturity sooner in captivity.
There is marked birth seasonality in rhesus macaques, with the majority of mating occurring in October
through December and births coinciding with the end of the rainy season, or during the period of highest
food abundance. High-ranking males have more opportunities to mate with females than low-ranking
males, but do not always sire a disproportionate number of infants. Lower-ranking males may have
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 142 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
similar reproductive success compared to high-ranking males because they are new immigrants and are
more attractive to females because of this. From one breeding season to the next, females will drastically
reduce the amount of mating they do with familiar males and over a period of three years, they try not to
mate with any familiar males given the opportunity to mate with unfamiliar males. During the breeding
season, females enter into consortships with one or more males. An individual female will spend longer
amounts of time in contact with, grooming, and mating with these males. Males and female rhesus
macaques are promiscuous breeders, mating multiple times with multiple mates. Both males and females
initiate these consort relationships and competition for access to mates is related to the high levels of
aggression seen in rhesus macaque groups during this time of year. Gestation lasts 164 days in rhesus
macaques and the interbirth interval is between 12 and 24 months. If a female does not have a successful
pregnancy or her infant dies in the first year of life, she is more likely to give birth the following season
than a female who successfully rears an infant.
Parental Care
While the majority of parental care is the responsibility of the mother, rhesus infants are also handled by
close female relatives and protected by adult males. In the first few days, the infant is
carried ventrally and protected from other group members by the mother. Ventral clinging is the position
most frequently adopted during travel for the first four months of life, but rhesus infants begin to
ride dorsally for short periods during the second week. By six weeks of age, locomotor skills are
developed enough for the infant to move independently, but they do not move very quickly at this age,
and if the mother is travelling too quickly, she will pick up the infant and carry it. Some young rhesus is
carried until they reach one year of age, though it is rare. During early infancy, rhesus macaques nurse
exclusively for the first two weeks of life, after which they begin to experiment with solid food. At about
four months of age, rhesus mothers begin to resist the attempts of their offspring to nurse, and young
rhesus macaques are fully weaned by the birth of their next sibling. Exploration off of the mother begins
as early as five days old and continues to increase so that by the third week, the infant breaks physical
contact with the mother as frequently as possible. During this time, juvenile and adolescent females are
intensely interested in the infant and will approach the mother and groom her in an attempt to get near the
infant. When an infant is off the mother, a young rhesus female will touch the infant and try to carry it,
but the mother is watchful of this interaction and any sign of distress from the infant may elicit an
aggressive response from the mother towards the younger female. Mother rhesus macaques show
differential investment in their offspring depending on the sex of the infant.
Communication
Vocal and gestural communication is important in rhesus macaques. Facial expression, body postures, and
gestures are all forms of non-vocal communication among rhesus macaques and are important in
interactions between individuals at short distances. One facial expression that is seen throughout macaque
species and is one of the most common expressions in rhesus macaques is the silent bared teeth face.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 143 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Among rhesus macaques this is seen between individuals of differing rank with the lower-ranking or
submissive animal performing the silent bared teeth face to the dominant animal. Another common facial
expression used in dominance interactions include a fear grimace accompanied by a scream, heard in
frightened animals and used to appease or redirect aggression. Dominant animals use a silent open mouth
stare as a threat to other animals; this is accompanied by the tail sticking straight out behind the body with
the monkey standing quadrupedally. Another common visual communication signal is the present rump,
where the tail is raised and the genitals are exposed to the more dominant individual. Vocalizations of
rhesus macaques include coos and grunts, which are commonly, heard expressions during group
movement, during affiliative interactions, and when one animal approaches another to groom. Warbles,
harmonic arches, and chirps, are heard in the context of finding high-quality, rare food items. The most
common alarm call heard among rhesus macaques, the shrill bark, is emitted in threatening situations and
is consists of a single, loud, high-pitched sound. Vocalizations made during aggressive interactions
include screeches, screams, squeaks, pant-threats, growls and barks. Infants have their own repertoire of
vocalizations which include geckers, which are harsh staccato sounds heard during weaning conflict. It is
usually heard along with convulsive jerks of the body, and looks and sounds much like a human child's
temper tantrum.
Threats
Human-Induced Habitat Loss and Degradation
Problems of habitat destruction do not seem to affect rhesus macaques like other primates; they are well
adapted to life near humans and can thrive in highly disturbed environments. Because of the cessation of
export and the rhesus macaque's adaptability to human-disturbed environments, the Indian population is
increasing. This increase may not necessarily be positive because in areas where rhesus macaques are in
contact with humans they are menaces; threatening or biting children and the elderly, stealing food from
people, raiding crops and damaging property leading to decreased tolerance and persecution of rhesus
macaques in some areas. This is one rare case where the destruction of habitat and replacement with
agricultural land has led to an increase in the number of primates, but at a serious social cost. These
problems will only be exacerbated if habitat destruction does not stop and will likely force government
control measures, like trapping and relocation, to decrease the population for the health and safety of
humans in India.
Harvesting (hunting/gathering)
Rhesus macaques were once seriously threatened by the rate of capture and export for use in biomedical
research. In the 1960s, often 50,000 juvenile rhesus macaques were trapped and shipped from India per
year, crippling the population growth of rhesus in India. In 1978, a total ban on rhesus export was the first
step in re-establishing the population, and the numbers in India have more than doubled since the 1970s.
There are still some rhesus macaques trapped and used for research within India, but the effect of the
population is negligible compared to previous levels of usage.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 144 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Persecution
In orthodox Hindu tradition, monkeys are sacred animals to be revered and protected, but as humans and
animals begin to compete for similar resources or monkeys become nuisances, causing not only property
damage, but also injury to humans, the traditional bond is degraded. In some areas of India, rhesus
macaques are subjected to stoning, trapping, and shooting because they are such pervasive, destructive
pests. Over 95% of the local people in one region of India felt harassed by the rhesus macaques either
because of bites, stealing of household items, or other reasons. Though their populations continue to
expand, the deterioration of traditional beliefs that leads to their persecution could have an effect on
rhesus macaque conservation in the future. If the conservation ethic connected to deifying rhesus
macaques is lost, it will be difficult to rekindle in the future if the population stops growing or decreases.
Conservation
The root cause of conflict between humans and rhesus macaques is the eradication of natural habitat,
forcing monkeys into proximity with humans. Though they excel in human-disturbed environments,
rhesus macaques living in forested areas are usually healthier, eating a better diet and in overall better
condition than urban macaques. Restoration of their natural habitat in densely populated areas may
decrease conflict, but given that they will likely move into areas where humans make food readily
available, this may not be a permanent solution. In the long term, management will be necessary to
conserve healthy populations of rhesus macaques and prevent persecution by humans from being a threat
to their survival. Translocation of large numbers of monkeys may be one management option to remove
rhesus macaques dependent on human sources of food.
Mitigating human-rhesus conflict is necessary to prevent the change in attitudes towards rhesus macaques
that could lead to further persecution and population decline. Translocating particularly problematic
rhesus monkeys or entire groups has been successful, but is not a widespread option because there simply
are not enough suitable forest patches in which large numbers of rhesus can live. Perhaps innovative
engineering could lead to monkey-proof containers in which people can store household items and food
and prevent local rhesus from raiding their kitchens. Deterrent fencing or other protective measures could
also be established around gardens and agricultural crops to prevent rhesus macaques from crop raiding.
Decreasing opportunities for conflict between local humans and rhesus macaques will lead to maintained
tolerance of these monkeys that have nowhere to retreat from human encroachment.
Education and Awareness: This is the most important aspect of wild life conservation. People will be
educated regarding the importance of wild life conservation through mass publicity by installing sign-
boards, conducting audio visual classes and distributing literature in respective villages in the buffer zone.
Experts in the field of wild life conservation will also be invited to deliver talks through slides.
People Participation: With the help of the local people and employees of the Company watch will be
kept on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling. Forest and police department will be informed if such
incident occurs, to take legal action against the offenders. For this they will be trained for motivation.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 145 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
E. Conservation plan for Jungle Cat
Zoological Name: Felis chaus
The jungle cat (Felis chaus), also called the swamp lynx (although not closely related to the
lynxes), is a medium-small cat, but is now considered the largest remaining species of the wild
cat genus Felis. Due to the pointed ears and the long legs this cat resembles a small lynx (hence
the names swamp lynx).
Classification
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Subphylum: Vertebrata
Class: Mammalia
Order: Carnivora
Suborder: Feliformia
Family: Felidae
Subfamily: Felinae
Genus: Felis
Species: Felis chaus
Conservation Status
IUCN: Others (LC) ver 3.1.
IWPA: Schedule II.
CITES: Appendix II.
Geographical Distribution: Felis chaus inhabits Asia and North Africa, including Indochina,
Thailand, Burma, India, Sri Lanka, Mesopotamia and North Egypt. Afghanistan and Transcapia
define the northern border of its range It inhabits various habitats, for instance savannas, tropical
dry forests and the reedbeds along rivers and lakes, but it is not found in rainforests. In some
areas the jungle cat comes close to villages and may even live in deserted houses. The jungle cat
lives in heights up to 2500 m, but is more common in the lowlands.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 146 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Habitat: Felis chaus is found in a wide variety of habitats, most often in wet grasslands and reed
thickets near stagnant or slowly flowing water. Although some populations reside in dry areas, F.
chaus is never far from a pool of water. Jungle cats live at elevations between sea level and 2400
meters above MSL.
Food: The cat feeds on rodents, frogs, hares and other small mammal‟s snakes, lizards and birds.
Those cats living close to bodies of water are able to swim and dive in order to catch fish. Felis
chaus preys on, ground birds and frogs.
Behaviour: Like most felids, Felis chaus are solitary animals. They are active both day and
night and den in thick vegetation or in the abandoned burrows of badgers, foxes, or porcupines.
When resting they twist the forefeet at the wrist joint and tuck them under the body.
Status: This species is often assessed as being in no danger and has therefore been ignored as a
rare species. In fact, in recent years a clearer picture has showed that this species could well be
among the rarest of the small cats in Asia and definitely the rarest one for which there is no
protection within most of its current distribution. Populations of Felis chaus do not appear to be
currently threatened.
Threats
Competitors are the main threat to the wild cat. Competitors of the wild cat include leopards,
wolves, red dogs and hyenas.
Conservation
The people living in the surrounding area and employee of the company would be motivated
towards the protection of the animal. Motivation will lead to timely information to the concerned
authorities about any threat to wild life or any cases of pouching/hunting.
Education and Awareness: This is the most important aspect of wild life conservation. People
will be educated regarding the importance of wild life conservation through mass publicity by
installing sign-boards, conducting audio visual classes and distributing literature in respective
villages in the buffer zone. Experts in the field of wild life conservation will also be invited to
deliver talks through slides.
People Participation: With the help of the local people and employees of the Company watch
will be kept on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling. Forest and police department will be
informed if such incident occurs, to take legal action against the offenders. For this they will be
trained for motivation.
Sign-Boards: Sign-boards will be in English as well as in local language.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 147 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
F. Conservation plan for Indian Cobra (Naja naja)
The Indian cobra is a poisonous snake occupying large areas of the Middle East, from India through
China and Indonesia. Indian natives call it nag, naga, pambo, gokhura and nagara havu. The Indian cobra
normally grows to a length of around one meter. It lives anywhere it can find suitable shelter, even in
areas occupied by humans. Cobras do not normally attack humans when not threatened, except during
mating season. When meeting a cobra, the best strategy is to remain calm, since cobras react aggressively
to rapid movements. The cobra's poison, similarly to that of other rat snakes (genus Elaphe) has primarily
neurotoxic effects.
Classification
Kingdom: Animalia
Phylum: Chordata
Class: Reptilia
Order: Squamata
Suborder: Serpentes
Family: Elapidae
Genus: Naja
Species: N. naja
Local Names: In most parts of India derivatives of the Sanskrit Nag; Bengali Naga gokurra (binocellate
form), Keauthia (monocellate form); Pushtu Cha¬jitiwalla; Tamil Nalla pambu, Naga pambu; Kannada
Nagara havu; Malayalam Moorkan, Surpam; Singhalese Naya.
Conservation Status
i) IUCN category- Least Concern ver 3.1
ii) CITES Listing - Appendix III.
iii) As per WPA, 1972- Schedule –II.
Size: Longest measured 2250 mm. usually from 1371 to 1625 mm.
Identification: The cobra can be immediately distinguished from other land' snakes by the presence of a
small cuneate scale between the 4th and 5th infralabials. Rarely two may be present and very rarely the
cuneate may be absent. Another distinguishing character is the preocular touching the intranasal, a
character seen in two other species of Indian snakes also but the cobra can be separated from these in
having the 3rd supraliminal in contact with the eye. The hood is formed by the elongated ribs of the 3rd
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 148 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
and the following 27 vertebrae, the 9th on the left and 10
th on the right are the longest, the preceding and
succeeding ribs shorten progressively giving an oval outline to the expanded hood. At rest the ribs lie
along the length of the body, the overlying skin is but loosely attached. When erect the dorsal skin is
stretched making the hood markings conspicuous and the head bent strongly at the atlas (1st vertebra) is
carried at right angles to the hood. The hood when dilated is diagnostic, more so when the markings are
visible. The markings may be absent and in death the hood may not be demonstrable. The King Cobra has
a well developed hood and many other snakes have the ability to flatten the neck area to a more limited
degree. Head depressed with short, rounded snout. The nostrils are large and pupil is round. Obvious
swelling at the temporal region over the underlying poison glands. Head shields glossy, body with a more
or less distinct groove down the spine.
Coloration
Extremely variable in coloration and markings. Three races are recognized on the basis of the hood
pattern: The spectacled or binocellate Cobra of peninsular India (Naja naja naja) yellowish, brownish or
black above with or without a black and white mark on hood, a black and white spot on the inside of the
hood with one or two black crossbars below hood. Sri Lankan and south Indian cobras are usually of
shades of brown with well-defined hood marks. Cobras from the north are more often black and the hood
pattern may not be well defined or may be absent. Monocellate Cobra (Naja naja kaouthia) differs in
having only a single yellow or orange O-shaped mark on the hood. General colour olive, brown or black.
This is the common Cobra of eastern India and eastwards of India. The Black Cobra (Naja naja oxiana)
occurs in the extreme northwest. Light grey or brown above when young with dark crossbars. Adult
brown or black Uniform.
Habitat, Distribution and Status
Absent in arid deserts and in the hills above 1800 m. Occurs from Transcaspia in the north, through
Indian subcontinent to southern China in the east and to the Philippines in the south. Andamans and Sri
Lanka. Found almost anywhere, in heavy jungle, open cultivated land, in populated areas where old
masonry constructions form ideal refuge. White ant nests, holes in the ground or the tangle of roots at the
base of a tree are particularly favoured. Frequently found near or in water and is a strong swimmer.
Usually not aggressive and often exceedingly timid but occasionally fierce and aggressive when
disturbed. Young are much more dangerous than adults being more easily excited and ready to strike
repeatedly and with determination. When alarmed it adopts the well known pose with erect forebody and
spread hood. The height to which the forebody is raised is approximately one-third the total length of the
snake and forms the effective striking range. Whilst thus poised the snake sways backwards and forwards
hissing in an explosive manner brief and high pitched during inhalation and longer, louder, lower pitched
and intermittently explosive during exhalation. The throat is pouched; more so, during exhalation and the
whole body is inflated. The tongue flickers in and out during inhalation and exhalation. The bite is often a
mere snap but sometimes bites and hangs on and the jaws have to be forced open. Occasionally when the
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 149 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
snake misses, the poison is ejected as a spray by the forceful thrust of the lunging snake. Usually more
active and alert at night though hunts for food during the late afternoon and early evening.
Food
Feeds principally on rats, frogs and toads. Also takes birds, lizards, other snakes including other cobras
and is an invertebrate egg stealer. Eggs are swallowed whole and digested in about 48 hours.
Breeding
Mating has been seen in January and the majority of eggs are laid in April/May but clutches have been
obtained up to August. The period of gestation is about sixty two days but may extend considerably. Eggs
hatch in 48 to 69 days. Twelve to twenty two, in one instance 45 (36 fertile) eggs are deposited at a time.
The eggs are soft-shelled elongate oval measuring 49 x 28 mm. The parents cohabit before pairing and the
eggs are guarded by one or both. Both parents known to incubate. Hatchlings measure 250-280 mm at
birth. The poison glands are active from birth.
Poison Apparatus and Poison
Usually two fully operative canaliculated fangs on each side. These are shed singly at intervals. Fangs
about 7 mm in length are small compared to viperine fangs but are more solid. The bore of the fang opens
widely at the base and by a small aperture at the tip. The poison glands are analogous to the parotid
salivary glands in mammals and have the shape and size of an almond kernel. The venom is a clear, viscid
fluid resembling olive oil in appearance and consistency which solidifies into an amorphous mass. The
amount secreted varies with age, vitality and temper of the animal and the average discharge at a bite is
about 211 mgm in dry weight. Comparative data on the basis of experiments on other animals gives the
lethal dose for man as 15 to 17.5 mgm for a weight of 60 Kg person. However, the poison can be
swallowed without ill effects provided there are no internal ulcers. The poison acts mainly as a neurotoxin
and blood and cell destroyer. The neurotoxin paralyses the respiratory centre and is the chief cause of
death. Other effects are loss of clotting power of the blood and destruction of red blood cells. The
symptoms produced in man; start with a stinging or burning pain accompanied by swelling and oozing of
blood-stained serum. The constitutional effects are a gradual but rapidly advancing paralysis commencing
with the legs, the neck droops, the muscles of the tongue, lips, and throat, are affected and speech
becomes difficult. The lower lip falls and allows saliva to dribble, swallowing becomes difficult or
impossible. Breathing becomes difficult, laborious and -stops. Other symptoms are vomitting and
haemorrhage from the various orifices of the body. It does not necessarily mean that the bite of a cobra is
fatal at all times, depending as it does on the quantity of venom injected, the natural resistance of the
victim, the condition of the snake and various other factors. Records indicate that case of recovery from a
bite is equal to if not more than cases of death and there is always hope however serious the symptoms.
The Haffkine Institute's polyvalent serum is fully effective even when symptoms are far advanced.
Facts about Cobra
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 150 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
a) The Indian cobra is one of the most dangerous snakes in India, killing around 10,000 people each
year.
b) The Indian cobra is attracted to places like rice paddies, where many cases of biting occur.
c) The poison of the India cobra is used in research, and for manufacturing analgesics and anti-cancer
medications.
d) Cobras are deaf, and their 'dance' is a reaction to the movements of a fakir's flute, rather than the
music.
e) Indian cobras kept in captivity may live up to 30 years.
f) Indian cobras are considered holy animals and certain days of the year are dedicated to their worship.
g) The Indonesian subspecies of the Indian cobra can spray its venom to a distance of several meters.
Threats
Direct threats includes killing due to its venom potency, fear due to its aggressive behavior known to
layman encountered with it and road kills. This snake is exploited extensively by all Indian snake
charmers and comes in skin trade too. Many communities consume this species for edible use. Its venom
is used in production of Anti Venom Serum and various research use so venom harvesting is done
illegally in some parts of India and many other countries of its range. This is one among many venomous
snake which are in high demand for Chinese medicines and snake vine.
Conservation
The people living in the surrounding area and employee of the company would be motivated towards the
protection of the animal. Motivation will lead to timely information to the concerned authorities about any
threat to wild life or any cases of pouching/hunting.
Special Staff for the Protection and Anti-poaching: Special Staffs will be deployed by the forest
department for patrolling and protection of the fauna and flora under their jurisdiction because the regular
staff deployed for this purpose, due to their busy schedule, is unable to perform their work properly. Each
of the special staff will be equipped with dress, raincoat, gumboots, sticks and wireless set for
communication. Financial burden for the same has been included in financial projection of this report.
Reducing man wildlife conflicts: Unauthorised entry in to forest for illegal grazing, cutting or poaching
are the major causes for Man-Wildlife conflicts. These practices will be reduced as much as possible.
Training and Awareness Programme: This is the most important aspect of wild life conservation.
People will be educated regarding the importance of wild life conservation through mass publicity by
installing sign-boards, conducting audio visual classes and distributing literature in respective villages in
the buffer zone. Experts in the field of wild life conservation will also be invited to deliver talks through
slides.
Eco-Development Works: People in and around the forest area generally are hostile against the forest
department and its staff, because they are prevented from taking out timber and other forest products
illegally. Such antagonistic behavior is mainly because little effort is made to meet their genuine demands
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 151 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
either from outside the forest area or from the forest area but in a sustainable manner. Regular interaction
with them with agreement for sustainable utilization of forest resources combined with some incentives
can completely change their indifferent or even un-concerned attitude to conservative attitude.
Checks and control on the Movement of Vehicle: Due to movement of vehicles injury to animals and
reptiles may take place. For this reason speed limit of vehicles will be fixed and operators will be
educated and advised regularly to drive vehicle safely and slowly. All operators will also be advised to
stop the vehicle on seeing such reptiles or animals and let it go away before moving the vehicle further.
Pressure horn: Noise generated by pressure horn disturbs the wild life and forces them to leave the
place. No pressure horn will be fixed on vehicle plying in these mines. All the drivers will be advised to
make minimum use of horn while working in mines.
Vehicles head lights: Efforts will be made to cover the lights suitably with paint so that strong beam of
head light is not formed and light falls in front of the vehicle only.
People Participation: With the help of the local people and employees of the Company watch will be
kept on the wild life as well as illegal tree felling. Forest and police department will be informed if such
incident occurs, to take legal action against the offenders. For this they will be trained for motivation.
Sign Boards: Following sign-boards to be displayed are:
WILDLIFE HAS RIGHT TO MOVE THROUGH ROADS
REPTILES CROSSING; DRIVE SLOW
PLANT TREE SAPLINGS WITH YOUR NAME
FIRE DESTROYS BOTH THE PLANTS AND ANIMALS
CAPTURING/HUNTING WILD ANIMALS IS PUNISHABLE OFFENCE
DON‟T THROW BURNING OBJECTS
WILDLIFE IS OUR PRECIOUS HERITAGE
INFORM FOREST OFFICER IF WILDLIFE IS IN DISTRESS
7.5.1 Conclusion
The conservation plan suggested here is for scheduled fauna (Animal and Bird) will be implemented by
the mining lease holder and the budgetary provision is discussed and given in detail for the
implementation of the same in the area. It is very important to conserve the scheduled fauna in the area by
the local authority as well as by the forest officials. People are not aware about the wildlife and protection
of wild animals. There is an urgent need of education and awareness to local people about the wild life
and their importance.
7.5.2 Green Belt Development
A green belt will be developed along the boundary of the mining lease area. The area for green belt
plantation consists of undisturbed soil; hence plantation could be made as in any garden or road side
plantation. Green belt is erected not from biodiversity conservation point of view but is basically
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 152 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
developed as a screen to check the spread of dust pollution. A green belt, 7.5m in width will be developed
around the core zone. Green belt plantation will be started with the beginning of the mining and will be
completed within five years from the beginning.
Following precaution will be taken:
To raise seedlings for plantation in the green belt a nursery will be developed.
Seedlings of only local species, suitable for green belt plantation will be raised in this nursery.
All the representative plant species of the region were found to grow in and around the study site.
Care will be provided against grazing and browsing.
Timely watering during the initial stages of survival and provision will be made for the allocation of
funds as well.
During the running of mine, flora will be regenerated in different stages and the area having matured
Afforestation will be properly fenced so as to avoid cutting, browsing and hacking of branches and
pruning of trees.
Creating awareness among villagers residing on the periphery of the mines regarding the use of
plantations.
Plantation of indigenous species, fodder and fruit bearing tree species which can also act as habitats
for wild life.
Plantation of fruits bearing trees like Karonda, Zizyphus, Awala, Gular, Timbru, Lasoda, Aam and
other Ficus species will attract sloth bear population.
For increasing hare population turfing on the ground on both sides of nallahs by grasses will provide a
suitable habitat which is most sought food for hares.
7.5.3 Plantation in the Buffer zone
Trees will be planted in the buffer zone also. This plantation will be done at selected places only and only
local species will be used in the plantation. Some of the tree species included will be Saja (Terminalia
tomentosa), Baheda (Terminalia bellerica), Bija (Pterocarpus masupium), Bargad (Ficus benghalensis),
Peepal (Ficus religiosa), Mahua (Madhuca latifolia), Sal (Shorea robusta), etc. Care will be taken to
include some fruit bearing trees like Gular (Ficus glomerata), Aonla (Emblica officinalis), Aam
(Mangifera indica) and such trees to provide food to the herbivores which in turn will be the food source
of the carnivores. Water, particularly during drier seasons, becomes the most important factor to all types
of wild animals including the mammals, birds and reptiles. If water is available safely, then all other
factors become secondary for the presence and survival of the wild life in any forested area. Places
suitable for mini watersheds will be identified in the core as well as in the buffer zone to store rainwater.
Further, to make water available at all the times, throughout the year, some of these water holes will be
recharged through artificial means. Proper slope will be given to approach these water sources so that the
wild animals will be able to drink water without any difficulty. Proper cover through vegetation or any
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 153 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
other type of even artificial cover will be developed near to these water sources so that the prey species
will be able to hide themselves from the predators, at the time of approaching the water sources. To attract
the birds, plants yielding food to the birds will be planted on priority basis. If water and food are available
to the birds without any anthropogenic disturbances the area can become an ideal place for bird watching.
7.5.4 Financial Projection for Conservation
Rs. 18,00,000/- has been allocated towards conservation of scheduled fauna in the area for the
implementation of conservation proposal. This budget will be borne by the client and records will be
maintained by the party. The budgetary allocation for all scheduled fauna is listed table below.
Table 7.3(a): Budget for Conservation/Management Plan
S. No. Component/ Intervention Provision
(Lakhs)
1. Planting of trees groves in surrounding area 2.5
2. Promotion of agro forest in villages planting fruits trees 2.0
3. Plantation of shelterbelt along and canal side in surrounding village and
maintenance. 2.5
4. Construction of water hole in strategic location and inside the nearby protected
area and regular filling of water. 3.5
5. Plantation of herbs/ shrubs along the river bank. 2.5
6. Development of pastures on the panchayat land. 2.0
7. Awareness generation of labors and local people. 1.5
8. Study of impact of mining on wild life and habitation. 1.5
TOTAL 18.00
Table 7.3(b): Financial Projection (yearly)
YEAR I II III IV V TOTAL
Provision in Lakh 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0 18.00
7.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT OF THE PROJECT & SAFETY MEASURES
Socio Economic Impact Assessment (SEIA) refers to systematic analysis of various social and economic
characteristics of human being living in a given geographical area during a given period. SEIA is carried
out separately but concurrently with Environment Impact Assessment (EIA). It focuses the effect of the
project on social and economic well being of the community.
7.6.1 Impact on Demographic Composition
The proposed project will hardly make any difference in the demographic composition of the study area
as the additional employment it envisages to create will be met locally to the maximum extent. Hence, the
chances of im-migration of people from outside the study area are remote. Accordingly, there will be no
variation in the total population of the study area including that of sex ratio, when the mine starts
operating.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 154 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
7.6.2 Employment Opportunities
The proposed project will provide employment to the local people. It has been estimated that 16 people
will get direct employment in this mining project. It is a positive impact of the project since it is providing
employment opportunities to the local people.
7.6.3 Increased Supply of Sand in the Market
With the commencement of the proposed mining project the supply of sand will increase and the gap
between demand and supply will decrease to some extent, if not fully.
7.6.4 Impact on Agriculture
The entire mining area is part of river bed and the entire land is Government Revenue Land. It is a non
forest land and the proposed activity is to take place in the bed of river Ganga & agriculture field. There
will be no negative impact on agriculture because compensation will be made to the land owners and
agriculture land is reclaimed & give back to the land owners after the completion of mining contract so
that they will again use the field for cultivation. Scientific mining will be adopted in the proposed mining
project the area will be free from annual floods, which destroy standing crops, land and property. This is a
positive impact of the proposed mining project.
7.6.5 Impact on Road Development
Movement of tractor-trolleys and other vehicles to and fro the mining site is expected to increase
substantially, when mining will start. The existing roads connecting the quarry with the National and
State Highways are mostly narrow mud roads. There will be mud slide and traffic bottle neck if these
roads are not widened and their conditions are not improved. Hence, there is good scope for road
development in the mining area. Further, there are risks of accidents during loading of extracted minerals
into tractor-trolleys and transportation to markets for sell. However, accidents can be avoided by taking
due care & precautions.
7.6.6 Income to Government
The proposed mining activity will benefit the State in the form of royalty, dead rent, fees & earning from
taxes.
7.6.7 Impact on Law and Order
As most of the workers to be employed in the proposed mining project are local residents no law & order
problem is envisaged. It is expected that the workers will attend to their duties from their residence and
return to their homes after the day‟s work. There would have been law & order problem if the workers
were migrants and lived in shanties closed to the mining area. However, to meet any untoward incident
one police post may be set up closed to the mining area.
7.6.8 Impact on Health
There are no chances of occurring diseases, due to manual mining of sand. Sand is non-toxic. However,
sand using activities such as sand blasting require precautions since it create respiratory problems among
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 155 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
mine workers. Excessive inhalation of sand is a serious health concern. To avoid respiratory problem
from sand necessary protection should be taken.
7.7 ANNUAL REPLENISHMENT OF MINERAL
7.7.1 River Bed Area vis-à-vis Sedimentation
Sedimentation, in the geological sciences, is a process of deposition of a solid material from a state of
suspension or solution in a fluid (usually air or water). Broadly defined it also includes deposits from
glacial ice and those materials collected under the impetus of gravity alone, as in talus deposits, or
accumulations of rock debris at the base of cliffs. The term is commonly used as a synonym for
sedimentary petrology and sedimentology.
Sedimentation is generally considered by geologists in terms of the textures, structures, and fossil content
of the deposits lay down in different geographic and geomorphic environments.
The factors which affects the “Computation of Sediment”:
a) Geomorphology & Drainage Pattern : The following geomorphic units plays important role :
Structural Plain
Structural Hill
Structural Ridge
Denudation Ridge & Valley
Plain & Plateau of Gangetic plain
Highly Dissected pediment
Un dissected pediment
b) Distribution of Basin Area River wise ( Area in Sq. Km or Sq. Miles)
c) Drainage System/Pattern of the area
d) Rainfall & Climate : Year wise Rainfall data for previous 10 years of Basin/River
e) As per Dandy & Bolton study “Sediment Yield” can be related to
i) Catchment Area and
ii) Mean Annual Run-off
Sand is an essential minor mineral used extensively across the country as a useful construction constituent
and variety of other uses in sports, agriculture, glass making (a form of sand with high silica content) etc.
It is common knowledge that minerals are non-renewable but this form of mineral naturally gets
replenished from time to time in a given river system and is very much interrelated to the hydrological
cycle in a river basin.
The Rivers originating from the hills bring with them lots of aggregate materials whereas as they move
downstream, only finer elements / minerals like sand are found in abundance. River Ganga & its
tributaries are the sourse of sand.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 156 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Itinerary of Ganga River:and its tributaries:The Ganga basin outspreads in India, Tibet (China), Nepal
and Bangladesh over an area of 10,86,000Sq.km.In India, it covers states of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh, Rajasthan, Bihar, West Bengal, Uttarakhand, Jharkhand, Haryana, Chhattisgarh, Himachal
Pradesh and Union Territory of Delhi draining an area of 8,61,452 Sq.km which is nearly 26% of the total
geographical area of the country. The basin lies between east longitudes 73°2‟ to 89°5‟ and north latitudes
21°6‟ to 31°21‟ having maximum length and width of approx. 1,543 km and 1024 km.
Itinerary of Drainage area of Ganga:The basin is bounded by the Himalayas on the north, by the
Aravalli on the west, by the Vindhyas and Chhotanagpur plateau on the south and by the Brahmaputra
Ridge on the east.
The Ganga rises in the Gangotri glacier in the Himalayas at an elevation of about 7,010 m in the
Uttarkashi district of Uttarakhand. At its source, the river is called as the Bhagirathi. It descends down the
valley uptoDevprayag where after joining another hill stream Alaknanda, it is called Ganga. The total
length of river Ganga (measured along the Bhagirathi and the Hooghly) up to its outfall into Bay of
Bengal is 2,525 km. The principal tributaries joining the river from right are the Yamuna and the Son.
The Ramganga, the Ghaghra, the Gandak, the Kosi and the Mahananda join the river from left. The
Chambal and the Betwa are the two other important sub- tributaries. The major part of basin in Indian
territory is covered with agricultural land accounting to 65.57% of the total area and 3.47% of the basin is
covered by water bodies. The basin spreads over 239 parliamentary constituencies (2009) comprising 80
of Uttar Pradesh, 40 of Bihar, 40 of West Bengal, 25 of Madhya Pradesh, 16 of Rajasthan, 12 of
Jharkhand, 8 of Haryana, 5 of Uttarakhand, 4 of Chhattisgarh, 2 of Himachal Pradesh and 7 of Union
Territory of Delhi.
Table 7.5: Drainage Basin area of River Ganga (Km2/ mile
2) with % of Drainage Basin
State Drainage area (Km2) Drainage area (mile
2) % of drainage basin
Uttar Pradesh 294364 113698 34%
Madhya Pradesh 198962 76849 23%
Bihar 143961 55605 17%
Rajasthan 112490 43449 13%
West Bengal 71485 27611 8.3%
Haryana 34341 13264 4.0%
Himachal Pradesh 4317 1667 0.50%
U.T. of Delhi 1484 573 0.20%
Total 861404 332716 100%
Drainage basin area in Nawada district: 2494 Km2/963 mile
2
7.7.2 Dandy and Bolton Formula for Calculation of Sediment Yield
Dandy-Bolton formula is often used to check whether the sedimentation yield exceeds the replenishment
rate but the whole question is whether there is adequate monitoring of the river basin, the answer is no as
hydrological stations are sparsely spread. The formula uses catchment area and mean annual runoff as key
determinants to give a yield value. It does not differentiate in basin wide smaller streams and their
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 157 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
characteristics. CWC distinguishes river basins as classified and non-classified, as per the latest
hydrological data for unclassified River basins; there are 122 GDSW (Gauge, Discharge, Sediment and
Water Quality) sites in 12 such basins, the number were 147 in 2005. This brings in context the whole
issue of scientific mining, thereby indicating that the monitoring of sediment yield in rivers / streams
within the river basins is essential to arrive at extraction rates and express and conduct environmental
studies based on these basin wide characteristics which should become part of the „Terms of Reference‟.
7.7.2.1 Sediment Yield versus Drainage Area
On the average, sediment yield is inversely proportional to the 0.16 power of drainage area between 1 and
30,000 square miles.
7.7.2.2 Sediments Yield versus Mean Annual Runoff
Sediment yield increased sharply to about 1,860 tons per square mile per year as run-off increased from 0
to about 2 inches. As runoff increased from 2 to about 50 inches, sediment yield decreased exponentially.
Because sediment yield must approach zero as runoff approaches zero, a curve through the plotted points
must begin at the origin. The abrupt change in slope of a curve through the data points at Q equals 2
inches precluded the development of a continuous function that would adequately define this relationship.
Thus, there are two equations derived for when Q was less than 2 inches and when Q was greater than 2
inches.
Combined Effect of Drainage area and Run off on Sediment Yield
Dandy- Bolton determined the combined influence of runoff and drainage area on sediment yield to
compute the sediment yield. They develop two equations i.e. for run off less than 2 inch and for run off
more than 2 inch, which are given below:-
For run off less than 2 inches (Q < 2 in)
S=1280*(Q)0.46
*[1.43-0.26 Log(A)]
For run off more than 2 inches (Q > 2 in):
S= 1965(e-0.055*Q
)*[1.43-0.26 Log (A)]
Where: S = Sediment yield (tons/mi2/yr)
Q = Mean Annual runoff (inch)
A = Net drainage area (mi2)
7.7.2.3 Calculation of Sediment Yield for Sand Mine of Nawada Sand Unit
The Dandy - Bolton Equations were used to calculate annual sediment deposition. These equations
include all types of sediment yield (sheet and rill Erosion, gully Erosion, channel Bed and bank erosion
and mass movement). Annual sediment deposition is accomplished by taking the converted dimensionless
ratio flow-duration curve and multiplying increments/duration of time in days by the sediment yield
associated with that flow. The calculation of catchment area is based on SRTM data processed using
ARCGIS software.
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 158 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 7.6: Calculation and Replenishment Capacity
Calculation & Replenishment Capacity
S.
No
Factors Probable
Replenishment
1 River Ganga
2 Catchment Area 55605mi2
3 Average Annual Runoff 27.4 inch
4 Annual Average rainfall 40.82 inch
5 *Sediment yield Formula
For Q < 2 in: S = 1280 Q0.46
[1.43-0.26 log (A)]
For Q > 2 in: S = 1965 e -0.055Q
[1.43-0.26 log (A)]
Here:
Q (in) = Mean Annual run off = 27.4 inch
A (mi2) = Catchment Area= 55605 mi2
With above formula the value of S = 40.84 T/mile square/annum
Therefore the Total Sediment Yield for drainage basin of 55605 square
mile will be = 55605x 40.84= 22,70,908 T per annum.
Dandy & Boltan formula also says that actual sediments yield from
individual drainage basins may vary 10-fold or even 100 fold from
computed yields. Since itinerary of river Ganga indicates that its basin
comprises of sedimentary rocks with good average rainfall therefore there
are fair chances of yield of sediments to be 50 fold of computed results,
given the previous experiences of the river bed mining in the area, hence
Actual Sediment Yield will be: 22, 70,908 x 50 = 11, 35, 45,410 M T /
Annum.
Sediment Yield =
11, 35, 45,410 M T /
Annum.
Source: Mine Plan
Mining of Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 159 (Chapter-7)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure: 7.2 Watershed Map of the Study Area
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Navada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 160 (Chapter-7)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
Dandy and Bolton formula also says that actual sediments yield from individual drainage basins may vary
10-fold or even 100 fold from computed yields. Since itinerary of river Ganga indicates that its basin
comprises of sedimentary rocks with good average rainfall therefore there are fair chances of yield of
sediments to be 50 fold of computed results, given the previous experiences of the river bed mining in the
area, hence Actual Sediment Yield will be 11,35,45,410 M T / Annum
In view of this huge amount of sedimentation there are fare chances of replenishment of the river bed
annually.
7.7.3 Replenishment with Service of Production
The maximum annual production is 41,47,000 MTPA in riverbed. The amount of sediment regenerated
every year derived hypothetically by Dandy-Bolton‟s equation will be around 11,35,45,410 Tons /
Annum for the proposed lease area. Therefore, the percentage of replenishment is more than 100% every
year. In view of this huge amount of sedimentation there are fare chances of replenishment of the river
bed annually. The hypothetical derivation of replenishment data is not supported by any ground evidence
as the same can be derived only after annual study due to inconsistent rains in Haryana. The derived
replenishment data is based on macro-watershed data taken from satellite imagery with sample ground
truthing and annual average rainfall. The data derived is based on SRTM 30 m resolution processed using
ARCGIS software with linear and resolution factors affecting the derivation
7.8 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R & R)
There is no displacement of the population within the project area and adjacent nearby area and the
complete lease area is Govt. land. However Social development of village will be considered as per social
activities. Reclamation and rehabilitation by back filling the worked out area, Provision and maintenance
of protective works like drains, parapet walls, retaining walls, check dams, Management of Air & water
quality, Management of Waste, top soil, infrastructure and mining machinery disposal, Safety and
security. The resources required for management of these operations shall be supervision, raw materials
(mainly sand available at mines), gates, fencing, transport & Communication. All the above operations
shall be carried out in three months time. As per the New Sand Policy of Bihar, the lease holder will have
to deposit 2% of the annual contract money as Separate Corpus Fund.
7.9 ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The activities to be undertaken for the local people under ESR have been identified and five percent of the
total cost of the project is proposed to be spent on community development. It is expected that this will
improve the socio-economic status of the people and at the same time the popularity of the project
proponent will enhance. The local community in the study area desired that the project proponent should
take up the following development initiatives for the betterment of the local people.
a) Health camps in project village
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Navada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 161 (Chapter-7)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
b) Distribution of books and stationeries to meritorious students in the study area
c) One time donation to the schools for drinking water facilities
d) Training camps for skill development
For each activity the funds to be earmarked by the proponent will be decided after discussion with the
local authority and the beneficiaries. It has been planned to undertake a concurrent evaluation of the
activities to be taken up under the ESR programme.
The activities to be undertaken for the local people under ESR, have been identified and approx. Rs.
11.25 Lakhs per annum towards Environmental Social Responsibility. The major activities will be:
Table 7.7: Budget for Environmental Social Responsibility
S. No. Description Amount (Lakhs)
1.
Vocational Training on :
• Fire and Safety
• Health and Safety
• Awareness programme on Cancer and AIDS
1.25
2. Health check up camps. 4.75
3. Sanitations and drinking water facilities. 3.25
4. Assistance to self help groups. 2.00
Total 11.25
7.10 SUMMARY
The public hearing of balu/sand mining project viz. „Mining of Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) in all Balu
Ghats of “Distt.-Nawada, Bihar” with production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of sand by M/s. Jai Mata
Dee Enterprises at Balu Ghats of District Nawada, Bihar‟ was conducted on 12.03.2016 at 12:30 pm at
Nagar Bhawan, Nawada. Risk assessments will help mine operators to identify high, medium and low
risk levels. This is a requirement of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000. Risk assessments will
help to priorities the risks and provide information on the need to safely control the risks. In this way,
mine owners and operators will be able to implement safety improvements. Mining and allied activities
are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a
mine will be able to work under conditions, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time the
environmental conditions also will not impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is
adequate safety in mines. Hence mine safety is one of the most essential aspects of any working mine.
The conservation plan suggested here is for scheduled fauna (Animal and Bird) will be implemented by
the mining lease holder and the budgetary provision is discussed and given in detail for the
implementation of the same in the area. It is very important to conserve the scheduled fauna in the area by
the local authority as well as by the forest officials. People are not aware about the wildlife and protection
of wild animals. There is an urgent need of education and awareness to local people about the wild life
and their importance. A green belt will be developed around the core zone. Green belt plantation will be
started with the beginning of the mining and will be completed within five years from the beginning. This
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Navada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_ Draft EIA Page | 162 (Chapter-7)
Draft EIA/EMP Report
plantation will be done at selected places only and only local species will be used in the plantation. A
budget of Rs 18.00 Lakhs has been allocated towards conservation of scheduled fauna in the area for the
implementation of conservation proposal. This mining project has positive impact on social and economic
well being of the community because this project provides employment opportunities to local people and
many social welfare works done by project proponent. The percentage of replenishment is more than
100% every year. In view of this huge amount of sedimentation there are fare chances of replenishment of
the river bed annually. There is no displacement of the population within the project area and adjacent
nearby area. However, as per the New Sand Policy of Bihar, the lease holder will have to deposit 2% of
the annual contract money as Separate Corpus Fund.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 163 (Chapter-8)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER 8
PROJECT BENEFITS 8.0 GENERAL
The execution of the project bring overall improvement in the locality, neighborhood and the State by
bringing industry, roads, employment and hence improving living standard and economic growth.
8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS
The opening of the proposed project will enhance the following physical infrastructure facilities in the
adjoining areas:
a. Road Transport: There will be improved road communication due to the proposed project and
maintenance will also be done time to time.
b. Market: Generating useful economic resource for construction. Excavated mineral will provide
a good market opportunity.
c. Infrastructure: Creation of community assets (infrastructure) like provision for drinking water,
construction of school buildings, village roads/ linked roads, dispensary and health centre,
community centre, market place etc, as a part of corporate social responsibility.
d. Enhancement of Green Cover: As a part of reclamation plan, plantation will be carried along
the river banks or along the road sides or near the civic amenities.
e. Green Belt Development: A suitable combination of trees that can grow fast and also have good
leaf cover shall be adopted to develop the green belt. It is proposed to plant 5,000 Nos. per
annum of native species along with some fruit bearing and medicinal trees during the mining
plan period.
f. Local Employment: This project will enhance the opportunities of employment for the local
villagers near the lease area due to which their economic status become better
8.2 SOCIAL BENEFITS
The mining in the area will create rural employment. It has been observed that conditions of the villages
around mining areas are better than that of distant villages. The mining activity in the region will have
positive impact on the social economic condition of the area by way of providing employment to the
local in-habitants; wages paid to them will increase the per capita income, housing, education, medical
and transportation facilities, economic status, health and agriculture.
A detailed programme for socio economic development of the area has been framed. The salient features
of the programme are as follows:
i) Social welfare programme like provision of medical facilities educational facilities, water
supply for the employees as well as for nearby villagers will be taken.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 164 (Chapter-8)
Final EIA/EMP Report
ii) A well laid plan for employment of the local people has been prepared by giving priority
to local people.
iii) Supplementing Govt. efforts in health monitoring camps, social welfare and various
awareness programs among the rural population.
iv) Assisting social forestry programme.
v) Adoption of villages for general development.
vi) Supply of water to village nearby villages.
vii) Development of facilities within villages like roads, etc.
8.2.1 Environmental Social Responsibility
The measures, along with the budget provision are already discussed in Chapter 7 of this EIA/EMP
Report. However the activity may change considering the needs & demand of the people.
8.3 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS
A green belt will be developed along the boundary of the mining lease area. The area for green belt
plantation consists of undisturbed soil; hence plantation could be made as in any garden or road side
plantation. Green belt is erected not from biodiversity conservation point of view but is basically
developed as a screen to check the spread of dust pollution. It is proposed to plant 5000 Nos. of native
species along with some fruit bearing and medicinal trees during the plan period and a budget of Rs. 12
Lakh for plantation is given in EMP.
8.4 SUMMARY
The management will recruit the semi-skilled and unskilled workers from the nearby villages. The
project activity and the management will definitely support the local Panchayat and provide other form
of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region. The company management will
contribute to the local schools, dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers. A suitable combination of
trees that can grow fast and also have good leaf cover will be adopted to develop the green belt. It is
proposed to plant 5000 Nos. native species per annum along with some fruit bearing and medicinal trees
during the mining plan period. The project proponent has allocated Rs. 11.25 Lakhs per annum for CSR
Activities. Other than this social development of village will be considered as per social activities.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 165 (Chapter-9)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-9
ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.0 PROJECT COST AND PROFIT
After making exhaustive study, it is considered desirable that the mining project may be implemented.
Project cost for the proposed Balu/Sand Mining Nawada over an area of 402.98 Ha. falling in District
Nawada (Bihar) is Rs. 81.9 Crores.
Table 9.1: Profit Estimation
Major Heads Total
Five year production 1,48,83,200 MT
Production Cost of Mineral Rs 102/- Per Ton or Rs.4.08 per cu. ft.
Sale Value of Mineral Rs 105/- Per Ton or Rs.4.20 per cu. ft.
Profit Rs.3.00 per Ton
Estimate profit in 5 years Rs. 4,46,49,600/- approx.
9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST ANALYSIS
The Environment cost for this proposed mining includes Envirinmental Management Plan,
Environmental and Social Responsibility, Occupational Health and Safety and Conservation
Plan which is likely to come approximately Rs. 58.25 Lakhs per annum. The detailed cost for
Environmental Expenses is given in Table 9.2.
Table 9.2 Environmental Cost Analysis
S. No. Major Heads Expenses (Lakhs)
1 Envirinmental Management Plan 28.00
2 Environmental and Social Responsibility 11.25
3 Occupational Health and Safety 15.00
4 Conservation Plan 4.00
5 Total 58.25 Lakhs
9.2 SCHEDULE OF PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
The estimated capital cost and financial viability of the present scheme has been worked out on the
assumptions that the above scheme will be completed by the end of Year, 2019.
From the above financial analysis it is clear that this sand mining project is financial and technically
viable.
9.3 SUMMARY
It is considered desirable that the mining project may be implemented. Project cost for the proposed
Sand Mining over an area of 402.98 Ha. falling in District Nawada (Bihar) is Rs. 81.9 Crore. The profit
will be Rs. 4,46,49,600/- approx in 5 years.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 166 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-10
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.0 INTRODUCTION
The mine development in the ML area needs to be intertwined with judicious utilization of natural
resources within the limits of permissible assimilative capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study
area is the maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without
affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural
physicochemical and biological processes.
The environmental management must be integrated into the process of mine planning so that
ecological balance of the area is maintained and adverse affects are minimized. An Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in
an environmentally sustainable manner. An effective EMP ensures the application of best practice
environment management to a project. The purpose of an EMP is to:
i. Assists proponent in the preparation of an effective and user friendly EMP.
ii. Improve the contribution that an EMP can make to the effectiveness of the environmental
management process.
iii. Ensure a minimum standard and consistent approach to the preparation of EMP’s.
iv. Ensure that the commitments made as part of the project’s EIA are implemented throughout
the project life.
v. Ensure that environment management details is captured and documented at all stages of a
project.
The design of EMP for operational phase has been aimed to achieve the following objectives:
i. To ensure adoption of state of art technological environmental control measures and
implementing them satisfactorily.
ii. Effectiveness of mitigatory measures in mitigation of impacts.
iii. Description of monitoring program of the surrounding environment.
iv. Institution arrangements to monitor effectively and take suitable corrective steps for
implementation of proper EMP.
v. An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) should be set up to take care of all environment
aspects and to maintain environmental quality in the project area.
The detailed hierarchy and responsibilities of Environment Management Cell is discussed in
Chapter 6.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 167 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Figure 10.1: Flow Chart of EMP
10.1 LAND USE PATTERN
River bed mining can lead to river bank erosion and sedimentation arising from changes in hydrology
due to alteration in water depths and river bed morphology. Sand and gravel in lowland river
landforms are biologically important and an economic asset. Keeping this in mind, the following
management plans are suggested:
i. The area under mining at a given time will be kept minimum and the area will be reclaimed by
top soil.
ii. There will be no mining near the banks. This is to protect the bank erosion and river migration.
iii. Proper wide benches in the mining area will be created to prevent any erosion.
iv. Slopes of the sides in mine will be at least 450 to prevent any erosion.
v. Grass/plants will be planted on the slopes and benches to prevent soil erosion.
10.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
Mitigative measures suggested for air emission control will be based on the baseline ambient air
quality monitoring data. From the point of view of maintenance of an acceptable ambient air quality
in the region, it is desirable that the air quality needs to be monitored on a regular basis to check it vis-
à-vis the NAAQS prescribed by MoEF&CC and in cases of non-compliance, appropriate mitigative
measures will be adopted. In order to minimize impacts of mining on air and to maintain it within the
prescribed limits of CPCB/ SPCB, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared.
This will help in resolving all environmental and ecological issues likely to cause due to mining in the
area.
During the course of mining no toxic substances are released into the atmosphere as such there seems
to be no potential threat to health of human beings. In the mining activities, the only source of gaseous
emissions is from the engines of vehicles. The reasons may be quality of fuel, improper operation of
the engine, etc; proper maintenance of engines will improve combustion process and brings reduction
in pollution.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 168 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
10.2.1 Control of Gaseous Pollution
In mining activities, the only source of gaseous emissions is from the engines of transport vehicles.
The emissions from the diesel engines of the machinery can be controlled by proper maintenance and
monitoring of machines.
10.2.2 Control of Dust Pollution
The main pollutant in air is PM10, which is generated due to various mining activities. However to
reduce the impact of dust pollution the following steps have been taken during various mining
activities.
a) During loading operation
i) Latest loading equipment like hydraulic excavators will be used with dumpers. This reduces
the number of buckets to fill from height and thus have comparatively less dust generation.
The propagation of this dust is confined to loading point only and does not affect any person
both the operators of excavator and dumpers who will sit in closed chamber and will be
equipped with dust mask.
ii) Skilled operators will operate excavators.
iii) Avoid overloading of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads.
iv) The operators’ cabin in the drills, dumpers will be provided with dust free enclosure and
persons working at high dust prone areas will be provided with dust mask.
b) During Transport operation
i) All the haulage roads including the main ramp be kept wide, leveled, compacted and properly
maintained and watered regularly during the shift operation to prevent generation of dust due
to movement of dumpers, and other vehicles.
ii) Mineral carrying trucks will be effectively covered by Tarpaulin to avoid escape of fines to
atmosphere.
iii) Regular Compaction and grading of haul roads to clear accumulation of loose material.
iv) Air quality will be regularly monitored both in the core zone and the buffer zone.
c) Plantation work carried out
In order to reduce air pollution in the surroundings, green belt will be developed around mines
office, mine approach road. The plantation will be done around the lease boundary.
d) Monitoring of air pollution
Periodic air quality survey will be carried out to monitor the changes consequent upon mining
activities as per the norms of Bihar State Pollution Control Board.
10.3 NOISE AND VIBRATION ENVIRONMENT
The ambient noise level monitoring carried out in and around the proposed mine lease area shows that
ambient noise levels are well within the stipulated limits of MoEF&CC. There is no drilling and
blasting for mineral extraction. Noise pollution will only be due to loading and transporting
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 169 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
equipment. Effective steps will be taken to keep the noise level well below the DGMS prescribed
limit of 85 dbA.
10.3.1 Noise Abatement and Control
i. Proper maintenance of all machines is being carried out, which help in reducing generation of
noise during operations.
ii. No other equipments accept the Transportation vehicles and Excavator and Loaders (as and
when required) for loading is allowed.
iii. Noise generated by these equipments is intermittent and does not cause much adverse impact.
iv. Periodical monitoring of noise will be done to adopt corrective actions wherever needed.
v. Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads. The plantation minimizes propagation of
noise and also arrests dust.
10.4 WATER MANAGEMENT
There will be no wastewater generation from the mining operations. Only wastewater generation will
be sanitary wastewater, which will be treated in septic tank followed by subsurface dispersion.
10.4.1 Surface and Ground Water Management
i. Mining will neither intersect the ground water table of the area. So not at all disturbing water
environment.
ii. The mining does not have any impact on topography and natural drainage of surrounding area.
iii. Rain water recharging pits will be proposed on the mining site.
10.4.2 Waste Water Management
No waste water is generated from the mining activity of minor minerals as the project only involves
lifting/excavation of Sand and transportation directly to the consumers.
10.4.3 Water Conservation
The project do not consume any process water except for drinking, dust suppression and plantation.
Plantation is proposed, which will increase the water holding capacity and help in recharging of
ground water. No artificial rainwater harvesting is proposed for the present project.
10.5 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Waste management is an important facet of environment management. Thus, solid waste management
is important from both aesthetics and environment viewpoints.
i. Solid waste (sand and silt) that will be generated during mining activities as spillage will be
utilized for filling of the mine voids. Apart from this, no other solid wastes will be generated from
the said mining operations.
ii. Top soil from outside riverbed will be stocked and re-laid post mining to reclaim the land for
agriculture.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 170 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
iii. Generated food waste or any other domestic waste will be collected in dustbins and will be
properly disposed off.
iv. There are no toxic elements present in the mineral which may contaminate the soil or river water.
10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
The proposed green belt in the lease area is to be developed taking into consideration the availability
of area as the efficiency of green belt in pollution control mainly depends on tree species, its width,
distance from pollution sources, side of the habitat from working place and tree height. The proposed
green belt has been designed to control PM10, gaseous pollutants, noise, surface run off and soil
erosion etc. While considering the above aspects due care will be taken for selecting the suitable
characteristics plant species such as fast growing, locally suitable plant species, resistant to specific
pollutant and those which would maintain the regional ecological balance, soil and hydrological
conditions.
10.6.1 Plantation Program
Under the afforestation plan, plantation in nearby villages and connecting roads will be undertaken.
The implementation for development of greenbelt will be of paramount importance as it will not only
add up as an aesthetic feature but will also act as a pollution sink. The species to be grown in the areas
should be dust tolerant and fast growing species so that a permanent greenbelt is created. Plantation in
the barrier zone and roads is necessary as these areas will contain fine particulates resulting from
mining operation and vehicle movement. Mining activities will not cause any harm to riparian
vegetation cover as the working will not extend beyond the offset left against the banks in the river.
Land on both sides is the private agriculture land. Link road from the active zone pass through the
areas. It is proposed to have plantation on both sides of the roads as greenbelt to provide cover against
dust dissemination. River banks will be strengthened by way of plantation on the banks. Plantation
will also be carried out as social forestry programme in village, school and the areas allocated by the
Panchayat/State authorities. Native plants like Neem, Pipal, Khejri, Mango and other local species
will be planted. A suitable combination of trees that can grow fast and also have good leaf cover shall
be adopted to develop the greenbelt. It is proposed to plant 5000 number of native species along with
some fruit bearing and medicinal trees during the plan period. The greenbelt development programme
is given in Table 10.1 and table 10.2. Plantation will increase the water holding capacity and help in
recharging of ground water. No artificial rainwater harvesting is proposed for the present project.
Table 10.1: Plan for Afforestation
Year Saplings to be
planted
Survival (@
80%)
Species Place of Plantation
I 5000 4000 Neem, Peepal, Mango,
Shisham, Sirish,
Babool, Gulmohar or
local plants as per the
advice of forest officers.
Along the roads, Along
the river banks in
schools and public
building and other social
forestry programme.
II 5000 4000
III 5000 4000
IV 5000 4000
V 5000 4000
Total 25,000 20,000
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 171 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Table 10.2: List of Species for Greenbelt Development
Scientific Name Common Name Type Effective in Control of Pollution
Azadirachta indica Neem Tree Dust, Air Pollution, Noise Pollution
Bauhinia variegate Kachnar Tree Dust
Tamarindus indica Imli Tree Air Pollution
Zizyphus mauritiana Ber Tree Air Pollution
Aegle marmelos Bel Tree Air Pollution, Noise Pollution
Polyalthis longifolia Ashok Tree Dust, Air Pollution,
Ficus glomerata Guler Tree Dust, Air Pollution, Noise Pollution
Source: Guidelines for Greenbelt Development, CPCB, March, 2000
10.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
10.7.1 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment
i. In general, socio-economic environment will have positive impact due to the mining project in
the area.
ii. The deployed laborers will be from nearby villages only as these people are mainly dependent
upon such mining activities.
iii. In order to further improve the socio-economic conditions of the area, the management will
contribute for development works in consultation with local bodies.
The lessee has already allocated Rs. 11.25 Lakh (As per demand) for Socio-Economic Measures.
10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
Occupational Health and Safety professionals develop and coordinate safety and health systems and
strategies within organizations. They identify workplace hazards, assess risks to employee health and
safety, and recommend solutions. Increasingly, Health and Safety Professionals are also responsible
for many of the environmental aspects of their workplace. As this profession matures there is an
increased emphasis on risk management strategy and on the development of workplace culture.
Occupational Health and Safety professionals in the minerals industry may perform the
following tasks:
i. The collection of minor minerals from the Sand mine does not cause any occupational ill
effects.
ii. Except fugitive dust generation there is no source which can show a probability for health
related diseases and proper dust suppression will control dust generation and dispersion.
iii. Dust masks will be provided to the workers working in the dust prone areas as additional
personal protective equipment.
iv. The occupational health hazards have so far not been reported.
v. Awareness program will be conducted about likely occupational health hazards so as to have
preventive action in place.
vi. Any workers health related problem will be properly addressed.
vii. Periodical medical checkup will be conducted.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 172 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
viii. Promote occupational health and safety within their organization and develop safer and
healthier ways of working;
ix. Help supervise the investigation of accidents and unsafe working conditions, study possible
causes and recommend remedial action;
x. Develop and implement training sessions for management, supervisors and workers on health
and safety practices and legislation;
xi. Coordinate emergency procedures, mine rescues, fire fighting and first aid crews;
xii. Communicate frequently with management to report on the status of the health and safety
strategy and risk management strategy, and Develop occupational health and safety strategies
and systems, including policies, procedures and manuals.
Table 10.3: Budget for Occupational Health and Safety of the workers (Lakhs)
Items Capital
Cost
Recurring Cost
Measures to Prevent Accidents during Sand Loading 1.00 0.50
Measures to Prevent Accidents during minerals Transportation 1.00 0.50
Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks/ Dumpers etc 1.00 1.00
Measures to Prevent Dangerous Incidents during
Inundation/Flooding
2.00 1.00
Education awareness and first aid kit 2.00 1.00
The qualified (MBBS) person will be hired to Medical
Examination.
3.00 1.00
Total 10.00 5.00
10.9 COST OF EMP MEASURES
Following provisions are proposed to be taken for improving, control and monitoring of environment
protection measures.
Table 10.4: Budget for EMP (Lakhs)
S. No. Particulars Amount (Lakhs)
1. Pollution monitoring – Air, Water, Noise and Soil. 2.0
2. Dust Suppression 2.0
3. Plantation and maintenance 12.00
4. Rainwater Harvesting/Recharge 5.00
5. Haul road and other roads repair and maintenance 5.00
6. Pre-monsoon and post monsoon survey for sedimentation in the
river bed. 2.0
Total 28.00
10.10 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R &R)
There is no displacement of the population within the project area and adjacent nearby area and the
riverbed area is Govt. land and outside riverbed area is private agriculture land. However, the lease
holder will deposit 2% of the annual contract money i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate Corpus Fund.
10.11 SUMMARY
As per Above discussion there is no measure impact on the environment due to mining except fugitive
emission in the form of dust generated during handling of mineral. The adequate preventive measures
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Entrprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 173 (Chapter-10)
Final EIA/EMP Report
will be adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Plantation development will
be carried out in the mine premises, along the approach roads, around Govt. buildings, schools approx
5000 trees per year. It will prove an effective pollution mitigate technique, and help avoid soil erosion
during monsoon season. Employment opportunities will be provided to the locals only as providing
extraction of minerals from the mine site is the only prevailing occupation for them for their livelihood.
A budget of 11.25 Lakhs per annum for Corporate Social Responsibility, budget of Rs. 15.00 Lakhs
for Occupational Health and Safety and budget of Rs. 28.00 Lakhs per year for EMP is incurred by
Project Proponent. The lease holder will also deposit 2% of the annual contract money as Separate
Corpus Fund.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 174 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-11
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11.0 GENERAL
The chapter discuses about the summary of whole EIA/EMP report along with recommendation and
conclusion. The proposed mining lease area falls in Survey of India Toposheet (OSM) No. 72H1, 72H2,
72H5, 72H6, 72H9, 72H10, 72H13, 72L1, 72L2, G45N12, G45T7 and 72G16. The lease area is located in
all Balughats of District-Nawada, Bihar.
11.1 INTRODUCTION
As per MoEF, New Delhi Gazette dated 14th September 2006 and amended thereof, the proposed mining
project is categorized as category „A‟, due to project area is more than 50 Ha. The project involves
extraction of Sand from inside River bed of Sakri, Panchanay, Khuri, Nati, Dhanarjay, Tilaiya and Dhadar
riverbed of Nawada district, Bihar. The Letter of Intent (LoI) vide Letter no. 860 dated 01.11.2014 has been
issued by Department of Mines and Geology, Bihar in favor of M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises for
excavation of Sand (minor mineral) from the inside river bed in Nawada . The validity period of the
contract is 05 years. The project involves total area of 402.98 Ha in District Nawada, Bihar.
Table 11.1: Details of the Project
S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILS A. Nature and Size of the Project Balu/Sand mining (minor mineral) over an area of 402.98 ha in
District-Nawada, Bihar containing River Sand for production
capacity of 41,47,000 MTPA B. Location
The proposed mining project land has been allotted as a single unit for mining of Balu sand
throughout the riverbeds of district Nawada, Bihar. The balu ghats lie on Sakri, Panchanay, Khuri,
Nati, Dhanarjay, Tilaiya and Dhadar riverbed.
District Nawada State Bihar Latitude and Longitude Sakri River (North End)
(South End) N25
o01‟42” E85
o34‟06”
N24o46‟52” E85
o44‟25”
Panchane River (North End) (South End)
N25o00‟54” E85
o31‟18”
N24o55‟55” E85
o25‟00”
Nati River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟00” E85
o50‟30”
N24o48‟22” E85
o57‟23”
Tilaya River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟44” E85
o24‟43”
N24o34‟45” E85
o19‟48”
Thathar River (North End) (South End)
N24o55‟55” E85
o25‟00”
N24o34‟45” E85
o19‟48”
Dhanarjay River (North End) (South End)
N24o57‟00” E85
o29‟16”
N24o35‟10” E85
o34‟06”
Khuri River (North End) (South End)
N24o59‟40” E85
o29‟25”
N24o38‟57” E85
o32‟48”
Toposheet(OSM) No. 72H1, 72H2, 72H5, 72H6, 72H9, 72H10, 72H13, 72L1, 72L2,
G45N12, G45T7 and 72G16.
C. Lease Area Details
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 175 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
Lease Area 402.98 Ha
Type of Land Gair Mumkin Nadi Nala Topography Hilly and Undulating Site Elevation Range Ranges from 70-84 m AMSL in Northern region and 120-265 m
AMSL in Southern Side. D. Cost Details
Cost of the project Rs 81.9 Crores Cost for EMP 28 Lakhs per annum Cost of CSR 11.25 Lakhs per annum OH&S Budget 15.00 Lakhs per annum Budget for Conservation 18.00 Lakhs
E. Details of Environmental Setting Ecological Sensitive
Areas (National Park,
Wild Life Sanctuary,
Biosphere Reserve,
Reserve/ Protected
Forest etc.) within 10
km radius
Only Reserve Forests and Protected Forests are present in the study area
which are as follows: Ghorakatora PF - 0.2 Km North Galwati PF - 8.5 Km East Rajgir PF - 0.8 Km North Bijwania PF - 9.0 Km East Jethlan PF - 5.5 Km North-west Hardi PF - 8.0 Km West Shrirampur PF - 0.2 Km East Phulwarja PF - 8.2 Km West Danti PF - 0.6 Km East Rajabar PF - 6.8 Km West Mirgani PF - 6.03 Km East Mochramu PF - 7.1 Km West Bajahia PF - 8.0 Km East Kopsiya PF - 0.8 Km East Lambo PF - 8.2 Km East Kodarma PF - 0.3 Km
Archaeological Important Place None within 10 Km radius of the project
Nearest city Nawada – 1.5 Km East Nearest Railway Station Nawada Railway Station – 2 Km East Nearest National Highway NH 31, 1 Km W Nearest Airport Gaya Airport – 33.4 Km West Interstate Boundaries Inter-state boundary (Bihar and Jharkand) at 2.5 Km Seismic Zone Zone III
11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The proposed project is for mining of sand (Minor Mineral) by open cast semi mechanized method in
riverbed over an area of 402.98 Ha. by M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises in Nawada, Tehsil- Nawada, District-
Nawada, Bihar with proposed production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of sand (Minor Mineral). The climate of
Nawada district can be classified as subtropical monsoon, mild and dry winter, hot summer and sub-humid
which is mainly dry with hot summer and cold winter except during monsoon season when moist air of
oceanic origin penetrates into the district. The normal annual rainfall of the district is 1107 mm, which is
unevenly distributed over the area in 43 days. The south west monsoon sets in from last week of June and
withdraws in end of September, contributed about 81% of annual rainfall. July and August are the wettest
months. Rest 19% rainfall is received during non-monsoon period in the wake of western disturbances and
thunderstorms. The project site falls under seismic zone III which is a high damage risk zone (MSK VIII).
Many part of the state of Bihar are prone to flooding. The total geological reserve is 2,41,78,800 Tons and
total mineable reserve is 21,106,320 Tons. Mine lease area will be restricted to 3 m inside riverbed. Mineral
will be transported by trucks. The deposit is moderate to good quality of sand (Minor Mineral). It is widely
used in construction, buildings, bridges and other infrastructure. It is free from clay and non sticky in nature.
Total water requirement for the project is 36 KLD. Total man power requirement for the project is 133. The
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 176 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
site facilities like canteen, rest-shelter, first aid facility, water and electricity supply etc. will be provided as
per requirement. There is no litigation pending against this project.
11.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
We have analyzed all the option for alternatives of the proposed mine site. This project is for mining of Sand
(minor mineral) and existing land use of mine lease classified as inside Ganga River and there is no alternate
site is suggested for this project.
11.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
The generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and information from the site and
surroundings was carried out during Pre-Monsoon Season i.e. 1st March 2015 to 31
st May 2015. The EIA
study is being done for the Mine Lease (core zone) and area within 10 Km distance from mine lease
boundary (buffer zone), both of which together comprise the study area. The mine lease area exhibits plain
to hilly topography i.e. the plain land of North and the hilly area of the south. The Nawada district rivers
area forms sub-basin of the Ganga Basin. All rivers are ephemeral in nature. Meteorological station was set-
up at site to record surface meteorological parameter during study period; Pre-monsoon Season, 2015 i.e. 1st
March to 31st May, 2015.
The LOS value from the proposed mine will be the same as before i.e. “C” or “Good” for the National and
State highways falling in the study area. So, the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern
roads is not likely to have any significant adverse affect. The study area comprise of two district of two
states viz. Bihar and Jharkhand. The current study reveals that the study area has most of agriculture land
and southern part is rocky terrain having reserve and protected forest. There is almost plain without much
undulation, agriculture land; hence not mush vegetation cover. There is no much tree vegetation and wild
animals in the area studied; there are 5 reserve and protected/reserve forest and one wild life sanctuary i.e.
Koderma Wild life sanctuary. Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life
(Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea
fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other birds
are included in schedule IV. Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) is provided protection as per
Schedule-II of Wild life Protection Act, (1972). Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes
edwardsi), Monkey (Rhesus macaque) and Jungle cat (Felis chaus) are a schedule –II animals. Nilgai
(Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal and hares and five stripped squirrels are
included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972. The species wise conservation plan is prepared
for the protection of scheduled –I and II fauna along with budgetary provision to assure the implementation
of the same by the proponent. The socio economic study of the study area for the study area gives clear
picture of its population, literacy rate, and sex ratio etc. The Average literacy level among the people is
about 49.28%. Among women in the study area, literacy level is less, as the educational facilities available
in the study area are not adequate. A part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent job to run
their day to day life and get basic facilities. Most of the people in study area use firewood, cow dung cake
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 177 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
and kerosene as the main source of fuel for cooking purpose. Road conditions are good. There is bus facility
available in the interior villages. Medical facilities are available in the area. Lack of drainage and control of
mosquitoes nuisance, have resulted in higher prevalence of malaria in the area, especially during rainy
season. Most of the villages have Bore well, Hand pump in study area for water supply. Electricity facility
is available in few villages but mostly villages are not electrified. Mostly, people in the region are having
the pakka houses.
Table 11.1: Baseline Environment Status
Parameters Baseline Status
Ambient Air
Quality
(15 Locations)
PM 10 – 26.6 g/m3 to 76.1 g/m
3
PM 2.5 – 24.2 g/m3 to 40.9 g/m
3
SO2 – 7.7 g/m3 to 19.9 g/m
3
NO2 – 16.4 g/m3 to 39.5 µg/m
3
All the parameters are within permissible
limits.
Noise Level
(15 Locations)
Noise Level During Day Time – 51.8 Leq dB to 56.1 Leq dB.
Noise Level During Night Time – 40.1 Leq dB to 46.2 Leq dB.
The Noise levels recorded for all the monitoring stations are within permissible limit.
Water Quality
(GW-15 and
SW-4)
Ground Water: All the parameters like TDS (407.00 to 652.10 mg/L), pH (7.66 to 8.13),
Total Hardness (230.84 to 410.70 mg/L) etc. are found within the permissible limits.
Surface Water: All the parameters like TDS (373.00 to 560.00 mg/L), pH (7.96 to 8.
30), Total Hardness (187.53 to 361.80 mg/L) etc. are found within the permissible limits.
Soil Quality
(15 Locations)
pH – 7.70 to 8.42,
Texture – Silty to Sandy
Organic Matter – 0.28% to 0.73%.
Nitrogen - 138.21Kg/Ha. to 290.1 Kg/Ha.
Phosphorus - 28.11 Kg/Ha. to 51.28 Kg/Ha.
Potassium - 70.33 Kg/Ha. to 100.15 Kg/Ha
All the parameters are within
permissible limits.
Ecology and
Biodiversity
The list of Forests present in the study area (10 Km radius) are given as under :
i. Ghorakatora PF - 0.3 Km North ii. Galwati PF - 8.5 Km East
iii. Rajgir PF - 0.8 Km North iv. Bijwania PF - 9.0 Km East
v. Jethlan PF - 5.5 Km North-
west
vi. Hardi PF - 8.0 Km West
vii. Shrirampur PF - 0.3 Km East viii. Phulwarja PF - 8.2 Km West
ix. Danti PF - 0.6 Km East x. Rajabar PF - 6.8 Km West
xi. Mirgani PF - 6.03 Km East xii. Mochramu PF - 7.1 Km West
xiii. Bajahia PF - 8.0 Km East xiv. Kopsiya PF - 0.8 Km East
xv. Lambo PF - 8.2 Km East xvi. Kodarma PF - 0.3 Km
1 species of schedule-I and 5 species of Schedule-II were observed during study.
Subsequently, a budget of Rs. 18.00 Lakhs has been earmarked for conservation of
wildlife.
11.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES
The proposed mining operations are not anticipated to raise the concentration of the pollutants beyond
prescribed limits. However, the measures are suggested to mitigate any harmful impacts of pollutants like
plantation of trees along haul roads, specially near settlements, to help to reduce the impact of dust on the
nearby villages; planning transportation routes of mined material so as to reach the nearest paved roads by
shortest route; regular water sprinkling on unpaved roads to avoid dust generation during transportation etc.
Some of impacts may be due to increase in the PCU/hr which is 414 PCU/hr. Transportation of sand should
be minimized in the morning and evening and cannot be done in night. Access roads will not encroach into
the riparian zones. Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves thus reducing the
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 178 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
gaseous exchange process. The impact on the present noise levels due to mining operations will be
restricted to the work zone areas only. The impact on the ambient noise levels will not be felt at the
settlement areas due to masking effect with the existing noise levels. There is no drilling and blasting
envisaged in the sand mining so there is no impact of vibration due to this project. Hence, the noise levels
and vibration impact due to the proposed mining operations on community will be minimal. There will be
no waste water generation from the proposed mining activity except sanitary waste water generation that
will be treated in septic tanks and will be used for plantation purpose. The mine worker will generate
municipal solid waste of about 15 Kg per day which will have adverse impact on human health. There will
be 3 Nos. of garbage provided for domestic waste collection. The mining activities will be done in a
systematic manner by maintaining the road infrastructure and vehicle transport which will be protective
measure for preserving the topography and drainage in the area. The ownership will not be changed as the
land has been taken on contract which will be returned as it is after the contract period is over. No human
settlement should be permitted in the lease mining or nearby area. No mining will be carried out during the
rainy season to minimize impact on aquatic life. There are 1 species of Schedule I and 5 species of
Schedule II are observed during study period hence, for the same conservation plan was prepared.
Subsequently, a budget of Rs. 18.00 Lakhs has allotted for the conservation of wildlife species. The mining
of sand is likely to increase the per capita income of local people by which the socio-economic status of the
people will be improved. The local people have been provided with either direct employments or indirect
employment such as business, contract works and development work like roads, etc. and other welfare
amenities such as medical facilities, conveyance, free education, drinking water supply etc. Except dust
generation, there is no source which can show a probability for health related diseases. Regular water
sprinkling will be done with sprinkle mounted tankers and dust masks will be provided to the workers. All
workers will be subjected to medical examination as per Mines Rule 1955 both at time of appointment and
at least once in a year. Medical camps will be organized for this activity. Insurance of all employees as per
the rules will also be carried out. R&R issues are not involved with this project. As per the Sand Policy of
Bihar, the lease holder will deposit 2% of the annual contract money i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate Corpus
Fund. This amount will be spent for the protection of environment.
11.6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standards, regular monitoring of various
environmental components is necessary which will complied as per conditions. For this the lessee M/s Jai
Mata Dee Enterprises has taken decision to formulate an Environment Policy of the mine and constitute
an Environmental Management Cell and committed to operate the proposed mine with the objectives
mentioned in approved Environment Policy. EMP may also require measurement of ambient environmental
quality in the vicinity of a sit using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may
include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.
Regular Monitoring of all the environmental parameters viz., air, water, noise and soil as per the formulated
program based on CPCB and MoEF&CC guidelines will be carried out every year. The location of the
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 179 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
monitoring stations was selected on the basis of prevailing micro meteorological conditions of the area like;
wind direction and wind speed, relative humidity, temperature. A budget for monitoring of Air, water,
Noise and Soil will be Rs. 2.0 Lakhs per year to be incurred by the project proponent for undertaking
pollution prevention measures during the mining activity.
11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
The public hearing of balu/sand mining project viz. „Mining of Balu/Sand (Minor Mineral) in all Balu Ghats
of “Distt.-Nawada, Bihar” with production capacity of 41,47,000 TPA of sand by M/s. Jai Mata Dee
Enterprises at Balu Ghats of District Nawada, Bihar‟ was conducted on 12.03.2016 at 12:30 pm at Nagar
Bhawan, Nawada. Risk Risk assessments will help mine operators to identify high, medium and low risk
levels. This is a requirement of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000. Risk assessments will help to
priorities the risks and provide information on the need to safely control the risks. In this way, mine owners
and operators will be able to implement safety improvements. Mining and allied activities are associated
with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine will be able
to work under conditions, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time the environmental
conditions also will not impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in
mines. Hence mine safety is one of the most essential aspects of any working mine. The conservation plan
suggested here is for scheduled fauna (Animal and Bird) will be implemented by the mining lease holder
and the budgetary provision is discussed and given in detail for the implementation of the same in the area.
It is very important to conserve the scheduled fauna in the area by the local authority as well as by the forest
officials. People are not aware about the wildlife and protection of wild animals. There is an urgent need of
education and awareness to local people about the wild life and their importance. A green belt will be
developed around the core zone. Green belt plantation will be started with the beginning of the mining and
will be completed within five years from the beginning. This plantation will be done at selected places only
and only local species will be used in the plantation. A budget of Rs 18.00 Lakhs has been allocated
towards conservation of scheduled fauna in the area for the implementation of conservation proposal. This
mining project has positive impact on social and economic well being of the community because this
project provides employment opportunities to local people and many social welfare works done by project
proponent. The percentage of replenishment is more than 100% every year. In view of this huge amount of
sedimentation there are fare chances of replenishment of the river bed annually. There is no displacement of
the population within the project area and adjacent nearby area. However, as per the New Sand Policy of
Bihar, the lease holder will have to deposit 2% of the annual contract money i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate
Corpus Fund.
11.8 PROJECT BENEFITS
As per Above discussion there is no measure impact on the environment due to mining except fugitive
emission in the form of dust generated during handling of mineral. The adequate preventive measures will be
adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Plantation development will be carried out
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 180 (Chapter-11)
Final EIA/EMP Report
in the mine premises, along the approach roads, around Govt. buildings, schools approx 5000 trees per year. It
will prove an effective pollution mitigate technique, and help avoid soil erosion during monsoon season.
Employment opportunities will be provided to the locals only as providing extraction of minerals from the
mine site is the only prevailing occupation for them for their livelihood. A budget of 11.25 Lakhs per annum
for Corporate Social Responsibility, budget of Rs. 15.00 Lakhs for Occupational Health and Safety and
budget of Rs. 28.00 Lakhs per year for EMP is incurred by Project Proponent. The lease holder will also
deposit 2% of the annual contract money i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate Corpus Fund.
11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
It is considered desirable that the mining project may be implemented. Project cost for the proposed Sand
Mining over an area of 402.98 Ha. falling in District Nawada (Bihar) is Rs. 81.9 Crore. The profit will be
Rs. 4,46,49,600/- approx in 5 years.
11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
As per Above discussion there is no measure impact on the environment due to mining except fugitive
emission in the form of dust generated during handling of mineral. The adequate preventive measures will be
adopted to contain the various pollutants within permissible limits. Plantation development will be carried out
in the mine premises, along the approach roads, around Govt. buildings, schools approx 5000 trees per year. It
will prove an effective pollution mitigate technique, and help avoid soil erosion during monsoon season.
Employment opportunities will be provided to the locals only as providing extraction of minerals from the
mine site is the only prevailing occupation for them for their livelihood. A budget of 11.25 Lakhs per annum
for Corporate Social Responsibility, budget of Rs. 15.00 Lakhs for Occupational Health and Safety and
budget of Rs. 28.00 Lakhs per year for EMP is incurred by Project Proponent. The lease holder will also
deposit 2% of the annual contract money i.e. Rs. 15,32,000 as Separate Corpus Fund.
11.11 CONCLUSION
From the baseline study and various discussion on probable impacts of all the operational activity, it has been
concluded that this project will more positive impact and will generate the revenue and employment in the
area. On the above facts and baseline study, the proposed activity is recommended for the commencement with
proper mitigation measure as suggested.
Mining of Balu/Sand at Balu Ghats, (ML Area- 402.98 Ha.)
District-Nawada, Bihar By M/s Jai Mata Dee Enterprises
Document No. 2015_VM_10069_Final EIA Page | 181 (Chapter-12)
Final EIA/EMP Report
CHAPTER-12
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 12.0 Introduction
Vardan EnviroNet, established on 16th August 2012, is an accredited organization by Quality Council of
India/NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education and Training) certificate no.
NABET/EIA/1316/IA001. The updated list of accredited consultant is also available online at
http://nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp?file=documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading=Accredited%20EI
A%20Consultant%20Organizations%20with%20accredited%20sectors. We have our in-house
Environmental Laboratory named “Vardan EnviroLab” at Village Samaspur, Opposite Amity
International School, Sector 51, Gurgaon (Haryana) approved by National Accreditation Board for
Testing and Calibration Laboratories, Govt. of India (NABL).
12.1 Deceleration
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator: Mr. Kuldipak Ahuja
Signature
Date: 15.03.2016
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
Associate EIA Coordinator: Mr. S.K.Sharma
Signature
Date: 15.03.2016
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
Team Member: Dr. Ashok Kumar Rathoure
Signature
Date: 15.03.2016
12.2 List of Functional Area Experts
# Name of Person FAE/FAA/TM Area of Expertise
1. Mr. S. K. Sharma FAE AP, WP, SHW and SC
2. Mr. R.S. Yadav FAE HG and GEO
3. Dr. Ashok Kumar FAE EB and WP
4. Mr. Asif Hussain FAE AQ and NV
5. Mr. Kuldipak Ahuja FAE RH
6. Mr. H. S. Matharu FAE EB
7. Mr. Madhusudan Hanumappa FAE SE
8. Mr. Joshua Anand FAE LU
9. Mr. Bhagwan Sahay FAA LU and SE
10. Ms. Shivangi Chandra FAA EB